Scholia on Orestes 1401–1500
Or. 1401.01 (1401–1406) (pllgn rhet) ἡ ἀσάφεια γίνεται ἢ διὰ τὴν λέξιν, ὡς τὰ τοῦ Ὁμήρου, ἢ διὰ τὴν σύνταξιν, ἢ διὰ τὸν νοῦ[ν]. —Pr2
TRANSLATION: Lack of clarity (in writing) comes about either because of the vocabulary, as the examples in Homer, or because of the syntax, or because of the thought/sense.
POSITION: marg. beside 1401–1406 (fol. 29v)
COMMENT: For these three sources of ἀσάφεια, compare Comm. in Dion. Thracis Artem Gramm., Gram.Gr. I.3:114, 5–7 τριῶν γὰρ ὄντων περὶ ἃ ἡ ἀσάφεια θεωρεῖται, λέξεως, συντάξεως, διανοίας, προῆλθεν ἡ περὶ τὰς λέξεις θεωρία εὐλόγως, ἐπειδὴ ἡ λέξις ἁπλῆ ἐστιν κτλ. If the comment is inspired by a lack of clarity in the text and is not just an unrelated space-filler, it would seem better suited to 1395–1400, which are the last on the previous page (where there is little space available), or perhaps to 1407 τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας. The same hand uses the blank space lower in the inner margin of 29v to write sch. 1417.09, which also may or may not be intended to relate to Orestes.
Or. 1401.02 (1401–1403) (vet exeg) ⟨λέοντες Ἕλλανες δύο διδύμω … κακομήτας ἀνήρ⟩: 1τουτέστιν Ὀρέστης καὶ Πυλάδης· τοῦ μὲν πατὴρ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀγαμέμνων ἐπωνομάζετο, ὁ δὲ Στροφίου ἦν παῖς. 2⟨κακομήτας δὲ ὁ⟩ κακόβουλος {δὲ}, ὁ κακὰ κατὰ τῆς Ἑλένης βουλευσάμενος, οὐχ ὁ κακῶς βουλευόμενος. —B
TRANSLATION: (‘Two, twins’,) that is, Orestes and Pylades: king Agamemnon was named as the father of the one, the other was son of Strophius. And ‘kakomētas’ means ‘kakoboulos’, (in the sense) ‘the one who planned evils against Helen’, not ‘the one deliberating badly’.
LEMMA: δύω διδύμω B (as in text) REF. SYMBOL: B
APP. CRIT.: 2 supp. and del. Mastr., κακόβουλος emended to κακομήτας Schw.
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τοῦτέστιν B | 2 οὐχ’ B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,16–19; Dind. II.306,21–24
Or. 1401.03 (vet exeg) ⟨λέοντες Ἕλλανες δύο διδύμω⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ Πυλάδην ⟨λέγει⟩. —MC
TRANSLATION: (By ‘twin Greek lions’) he means Orestes and Pylades.
POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C
APP. CRIT.: τὸν om. C | suppl. Schw.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,20
Or. 1401.04 (rec exeg) ⟨λέοντες Ἕλλανες δύο διδύμω⟩: Ὀρέστης καὶ Πυλάδης —PrY2Zl
TRANSLATION: (‘Twin Greek lions’, that is,) Orestes and Pylades.
LEMMA: δύω in text PrY POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1401.05 (thom exeg) ⟨λέοντες⟩: λέοντας αὐτοὺς λέγει διὰ τὸ πρὸς ἀγριότητα τραπῆναι. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: He calls them lions because they have turned toward savagery.
POSITION: intermarg. Zm, s.l. Gu
APP. CRIT.: after λέοντας add. δὲ Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,17–18
Or. 1401.10 (mosch exeg) ⟨δύω διδύμω⟩: 1ταυτὸ δύναται τὸ δύω καὶ τὸ διδύμω. 2λέγει δὲ ταῦτα ἐφεξῆς ἀγωνιῶν, ὡς καὶ τὸ [1395] ‘αἴλινον αἴλινον’ καὶ τὰ ἕτερα. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: ‘Two’ and ‘twins’ have the same meaning. And he says these words in close succession because he is distraught, just as (he says) ‘ailinon ailinon’ and the other (repeated words).
LEMMA: δύο in text X POSITION: s.l. except XTYf
APP. CRIT.: 1 τῷ … τῷ G | 2 λέγεται Xa | τὰ ἕτερα] τ’ἄλλα G
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ταυτὸν G | δύο XYf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,18–20
KEYWORDS: ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα
Or. 1401.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δύο διδύμω⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου —Zm
TRANSLATION: (The two adjectives ‘two’ and ‘twin’) are in parallel (expressing the same thing).
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου
Or. 1401.12 (rec gloss) ⟨δύω διδύμω⟩: ὁμογνώμονες —AbMnR
LEMMA: in text δύο a.c. Mn POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. R
Or. 1401.13 (thom gloss) ⟨δύο διδύμω⟩: διπλοῖ —ZZaZbZlZmTGuVdCrOx
LEMMA: δύω in text ZaTGrOx POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdCrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: διπλοὶ CrOx
Or. 1401.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δύο⟩: δύω —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘duo’, ‘two’, there is a variant reading, the alternative spelling) ‘duō’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1402.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨τῷ μὲν ὁ στρατηλάτης πατὴρ⟩: τοῦ μὲν πατὴρ ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων. —MC, perhaps H
TRANSLATION: Agamemnon is father of the one.
REF. SYMBOL: MH POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,21
COMMENT: H has a reference symbol above τῶ, but the note itself is lost.
Or. 1402.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ μὲν⟩: τοῦ μὲν, Ἀττικῶς —F2K
TRANSLATION: (The dative ‘tōi men’ is used for the genitive) ‘tou men’ (‘of the one’), in the Attic manner.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: Ἀττικῶς om. F2
KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς
Or. 1402.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨τῷ μὲν⟩: τῷ ᾽Ορέστῃ —AaAbMnPrSaVdZcZaZlGuYf2B3a
POSITION: s.l.; first written above 1401 διδύμω, but crossed out Ab
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. PrSaVdZl | τῷ] om. Gu, ὀ(?) B3a
Or. 1402.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῷ μὲν⟩: ἤγουν τῷ ἑνὶ —VdCrOx
POSITION: s.l.; cont. from sch. 1401.13 (on prev. line) Vd
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν τῷ om. Vd
Or. 1402.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁ στρατηλάτας πατὴρ⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων —AaPrSaVdZm
LEMMA: ‑της in text AaPrSa POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ὁ γαμέμνων Vd
Or. 1402.12 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐκληΐζετο⟩: ἐκαλεῖτο —AaAbFMnPrSaVdXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrCrOx
LEMMA: ἐκκληΐζεσθ’ in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FVdCrOx
Or. 1402.17 (tri metr) ⟨(ἐκλ)ηΐ(ζετο)⟩: συνίζησις —T
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 76
KEYWORDS: συνίζησις
Or. 1403.01 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὁ δὲ⟩: ὁ Πυλάδης —AbFMnY2ZcZlGuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zc | ὁ om. AbFMn
Or. 1403.03 (rec gloss) ⟨παῖς Στροφίου⟩: ἤγουν ὑπάρχει ὀ Πυλάδης —RVd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὁ πυλ. ὑπ. transp. Vd
APP. CRIT. 2: πυλάδη Vd
Or. 1403.08 (vetThom gloss) ⟨κακομήτας⟩: κακόβουλος —MCAbF2PrRSaVdZZbZlZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdCrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,22
Or. 1403.10 (mosch gloss) κακομήτας: κακότροπος τὰς βουλάς —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrGuZc
LEMMA: Gr POSITION: s.l. except XGr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,25
Or. 1404.07 (rec exeg) ⟨σιγᾷ δόλιος⟩: 1ση(μείωσαι) ὅτι οὐδὲ ῥάων ὁ τοιοῦτος φυλάσσεσθαι κατὰ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κρέοντος ἐν Μηδείᾳ 2[319–320] ‘γυνὴ γὰρ ὀξύθυμος, ὡς δ’ αὔτως ἀνὴρ, / ῥάων φυλάσσειν ἢ σιωπηλὸς σοφός’. —Rw
TRANSLATION: Note that such a person is not easier to guard against according to what is said by Creon in Medea: ‘a woman quick to anger, and likewise a man (of that nature), is easier to guard against than a quiet clever person’.
LEMMA: δόλιος Rw
Or. 1404.08 (mosch exeg) σιγᾷ δόλιος: ἐν ἡσύχῳ ἤθει δόλους κατασκευάζων —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Tricky in silence’, that is,) preparing deceptions with a calm manner.
LEMMA: Gr POSITION: s.l. except XGr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,2–3
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Medea
Or. 1404.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σιγᾷ δόλιος⟩: σιωπηλὸς καὶ κρυπτὸς κατὰ τὸ πανουργεῖν —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Tricky in silence’, that is,) silent and concealed in his villainous action.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1404.10 (vet exeg) ⟨σίγα⟩: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐσίγα κατὰ ἀφαίρεσιν τοῦ ε̅. 2ἢ σιγᾷ, τουτέστι τῇ σιγῇ, οἷον μετὰ σιωπῆς δόλιος. —MBC
TRANSLATION: (‘Síga’ is) equivalent to ‘esiga’ (‘he was silent’) with removal of the initial epsilon. Or (take it as) ‘sigâi’, that is, (adverbial) ‘in silence’, as it were, ‘tricky with silence’.
LEMMA: οἷος ὀδυσσεὺς σιγᾶ δόλιος C; in text σιγᾶι MB, σιγᾶ C REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. MC
APP. CRIT.: 1 σίγα prep. Dind. (implying it is present in M) | τοῦ om. C | 2 at end ὤν add. C
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τοῦτέστιν B | μετα B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,23–24; Dind. II.307,1–2
Or. 1404.11 (rec exeg) ⟨σιγᾷ⟩: σιωπηλῶς, ἐπιρρηματικὸν γάρ ἐστι. —AaPrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Sigâi’,) ‘silently’, for (the word) is adverbial.
LEMMA: in text σιγῆ PrSa POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: γὰρ om. Sa
Or. 1405.02 (mosch gloss) πιστός: ἀσφαλής —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,5
Or. 1405.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πιστός⟩: ἀληθὴς —VdY2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀλιθὴς a.c. Vd
Or. 1405.07 (rec exeg) ⟨φίλοις⟩: φίλος —R
TRANSLATION: (For dative ‘philois’, ‘to friends’, there is a variant, nominative) ‘philos’ (‘friend’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1405.09 (thom paraphr) ⟨θρασὺς ἐς ἀλκάν⟩: τολμηρὸς εἰς βοήθειαν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
LEMMA: ἀλκήν in text ZbZm POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,6
Or. 1405.11 (mosch gloss) θρασὺς: ὁρμητικώτατος —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ὁρμητικός T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,5–6
Or. 1405.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰς ἀλκάν⟩: καὶ εἰς δύναμιν —F2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ εἰς om. F2
Or. 1406.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨ξυνετὸς πολέμου⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔμπειρος τοῦ πολέμου —MBC
TRANSLATION: (‘Xunetos polemou’, ‘intelligent of war’, is) used for ‘experienced in war’.
REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. C (over φόνιός τε δράκων)
APP. CRIT.: first τοῦ om. BC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,25; Dind. II.307,8
COMMENT: Dindorf II.307,4 repeats a scholion printed by Arsenius τουτέστι τῇ σιγῇ ἔμπειρος τῶν πόνων (without Arsenius’s lemma σιγᾶ δόλιος) and mislabels it as also present in B. ἔμπειρος τῶν πόνων is attested in MuPh.
Or. 1406.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ξυνετὸς πολέμου⟩: ἔμπειρος ἤγουν πεῖραν ἔχων πολέμου —PrSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἔμπειρον Sa, a.c. Pr
Or. 1406.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ξυνετὸς⟩: ἔμπειρος —AaAbFKMnZZaZbZlZmTGuY2B3dB4
POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3d
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F
APP. CRIT. 2: ἔμπειρες Ab
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,9
Or. 1406.04 (thom gloss) ⟨ξυνετὸς⟩: ἐπιστήμων —ZZbZlZmTGuY2GCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,9
Or. 1406.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξυνετὸς⟩: φρόνιμος —VdLr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,8–9
Or. 1407.01 (vet exeg) ἔρροι τᾶς ἡσύχου: φθειρέσθω, φησὶν, οὗτος ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ ἥσυχος ὢν, προνοούμενος τῆς ἡσυχίας ἐπὶ κακοῖς. —HMBC, partial Y2Gu
TRANSLATION: Let him perish, he says, this man who is calm/quiet in evil-doing, taking forethought for calmness for the purpose of bad deeds.
LEMMA: MC(τὰς) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. B, marg. Gu
APP. CRIT.: φθειρέσθω … ὢν lost to damage H | φησὶν om. Y2Gu | ἐπὶ κακ. ἥσυχος ὢν om. Y2Gu | κακοῖς] κακῷ CY2Gu (Arsen., MuPh, edd. through Dind.)
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπικακοῖς M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,26–27; Dind. II.307,10–11
COLLATION NOTES: B’s οις sign in ἐπὶ κακοῖς is compressed because of tight spacing and was easily misread as a suspended form of omega, so that MuPh and Arsenius have ἐπὶ κακῷ, which persisted in editions through Dindorf.
Or. 1407.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1διαφθαρείη ὑπὸ τῆς ἡσύχου προνοίας. 2ἥσυχον δὲ αὐτήν φησι τὴν ἀπροσδοκήτως πάντας ἀμυνομένην, πρόνοιαν δὲ τὴν εἱμαρμένην. 3τινὲς οὕτως· οἰμωζέτω κακοῦργος ὢν μετὰ ἡσύχου προνοίας. —HMBCY2
TRANSLATION: Let him be destroyed by the quiet providence. He calls it ‘quiet’ (‘hēsuchon’) as the one that takes vengeance on everyone unexpectedly, and by ‘providence’ (‘pronoian’) he means ‘fate’. Some (interpret) this way: ‘To hell with him, being an evil-doer with calm forethought’.
LEMMA: C, in marg. M, ἔρροι τᾶς ἡσύχου B REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: cont. from prev. H(prep. ἄλλοι δὲ, acc. to Daitz)Y2(prep. τινὲς δὲ οὕτως·)
APP. CRIT.: 2 φασὶ C | πάντα B | 3 ὀνομαζέτω C | πρόν. δὲ τὴν εἱμ. om. Y2
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 αὐτὴν φη() B, αὐτὴν φη(σὶ) H, αὐτήν φησί Y2 | εἰμαρμένην B | 3 οἱμωζέτω M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,28–224,2; Dind. II.307,11–14
Or. 1407.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔρροι τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας⟩: εἴθε φθαροίη ἕνεκε τῆς ἡσύχου προνοίας. —M2
TRANSLATION: May he perish because of his calm/quiet forethought.
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: φθαροίει M2
KEYWORDS: φθαροίη for φθαρείη is found in late antique and Byzantine texts.
Or. 1407.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔρροι τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας⟩: φθειρέσθω κακοῦργος ὢν τῆς προνοίας τῆς ἡσύχου, ἤγουν κακουργῶν τὴν ἡσυχίαν. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr, partial G
TRANSLATION: Let him perish, being a wrongdoer against calm forethought, that is, one who is harming peace and quiet.
LEMMA: ἔρροι T POSITION: s.l. except XTGr; ἤγουν κακ. τ. ἡσ. sep. over κακοῦργος ὢν Y
APP. CRIT.: κακοῦργος … ἤγουν] ὡς G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,14–16
Or. 1407.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔρροι τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας⟩: ἐρρέτω ὑπὸ τῆς ἀπροσδοκήτου ἀμυνομένης εἱμαρμένης. —Y2
TRANSLATION: Let him go to ruin (driven) by unexpected avenging fate.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1407.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔρροι⟩: φθαρείτω —PrSa, app. R
POSITION: s.l. PrSa, marg. R
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. R
Or. 1407.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἔρροι⟩: φθαρείη —AaMnRfrVdZZaZbZlZmZuTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Aa
APP. CRIT.: εἴθε prep. T, καὶ εἴθε prep. Vd, καὶ prep. CrOx | φθαροίη VdZbZu, φαροίη Ox
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,16
Or. 1407.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔρροι⟩: καὶ ἄνποτε ἵνα φθαροίη —Zcr
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1407.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔρροι⟩: ἄμποτε —Aa
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1407.12 (vet exeg) ⟨τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας⟩: προνοούμενος τῆς ἡσυχίας ἐν κακῷ —R
TRANSLATION: (‘Quiet forethought’, that is,) ‘having forethought for calmness/quiet in evil-doing’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1407.13 (rec exeg) ⟨τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας⟩: ἤγουν κρυπτὸς κατὰ τὸ πανουργεύειν —Rw
TRANSLATION: (‘Quiet forethought’,) that is, concealed in acting villainously.
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: The active forms of the postclassical verb πανουργεύομαι are relatively rare, mostly found in lexicographers, but cf. Sch. rec. Arist. Ran. 957a Chantry, glossing στρέφειν with πανουργεύειν.
Or. 1407.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας⟩: τὴν οἰκονομίαν τὴν ἥσυχον λέγει. —B3d
TRANSLATION: (By ‘quiet forethought’) he means the calm/quiet laying of plans.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1407.15 (rec exeg) ⟨τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας⟩: διὰ τῆς ἢ κατὰ τῆς πανουργίας —K
TRANSLATION: Through utter villainy or against utter villainy.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1407.18 (recThom gloss) ⟨τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας⟩: ἕνεκα —AbFMnPrRSaVdZZaZbZlZmTGuZcrCrOxB3aB3d
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἕνεκεν AbMnRCrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,16
Or. 1407.20 (thom exeg) ⟨προνοίας⟩: τῆς κατὰ νοῦν φροντίδος καὶ μηχανῆς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Pronoias’, ‘forethought’, is) the intention and devising in the mind.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῆς] καὶ Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,16–17
Or. 1407.21 (rec gloss) ⟨προνοίας⟩: μετὰ πονηρίας —Rfr
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: For glossing with a μετὰ-phrase cf. sch. 1416.10 (where the scribe’s odd ductus of μετὰ is also paralleled).
Or. 1407.26 (rec exeg) ⟨κακοῦργος ὤν⟩: γρ. δόλιος ὢν —Mn
TRANSLATION: (For ‘kakourgos ōn’, ‘being an evil-dōer’,) the reading ‘dolios ōn’ (‘being tricky’) is found.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: δόλιος ὢν is in text here in AbR (Diggle 1991: 24, 75).
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1407.30 (rec exeg) ⟨δόλιος⟩: γρ. κακοῦργος. —Ab
TRANSLATION: (For ‘dolios’, ‘tricky’,) the reading ‘kakourgos’ (‘evil-doing’) is found.
LEMMA: thus in text Ab POSITION: s.l. (misplaced above 1406 δράκων, last line of prev. recto)
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1408.01 (1408–1413) (vet exeg) ⟨οἱ δὲ … πεφραγμένοι⟩: 1ὁ δέ ἀντὶ τοῦ δή, ἵν’ ᾖ· οἳ δή. || 2οὗτοι δὲ, φησὶν, ἔνδον εἰσελθόντες εἰς τοὺς θαλάμους ἧς ἔγημε γυναικὸς ὁ τοξότης Πάρις, τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς δακρύων πεπληρωμένοι καὶ τῷ σχήματι ταπεινοὶ, 3ἕζοντο παρ’ ἑκάτερον μέρος τῆς Ἑλένης, ὁ μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὁ δὲ ἐξ εὐωνύμων, πεφραγμένοι ξίφεσιν. —MBC, partial H
TRANSLATION: The (conjunction) ‘de’ (‘and’) is used for ‘dē’ (‘indeed’, ‘then’), so that it is ‘who indeed/then’. || And these men, he says, after coming into the chambers of the woman whom the archer Paris wed, their eyes filled with tears and their posture humble, sat on either side of Helen, one on the right, the other on the left, fortified by swords.
LEMMA: οἱ δὲ πρὸς θρόνους ἔσω μολόντες C(punct. with sch.-end mark after) REF. SYMBOL: HM POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 1407.02 B
APP. CRIT.: 1–2 ὁ δέ … πεπληρωμένοι καὶ om. H | 1 ὁ σύνδεσμος prep. B | 2 τοῖς σχ[ήμασι] H | ξίφεσ[ιν πεφραγμένοι] transp. H, acc. to Daitz, but it not quite certain that πεφραγ. could not have fit in the lost end of previous line
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οἱ δή M | 2 δέ φη() BC | 3 ἔζοντο C | παρεκάτερον MC | ἐξευωνύμων B | ξίφεσι MB
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,3–7; Dind. II.307,18–22
COMMENT: Perhaps θαλάμους in 2 is a corruption of θρόνους (influenced by presence of ὀφθαλμοὺς?); compare the following paraphrases. Or was there once a variant θαλάμους in the text here? Note, however, that Zl glosses θρόνους with τὰ ἐνδότερα τῶν οἰκημάτων (sch. 1408.14).
COLLATION NOTES: In 2 Schw. prints τοξότης without ὁ, but this is simply an oversight. Dindorf correctly had the article, although ὁ had been absent in editions before Dindorf through an omission peculiar to Arsenius (not in MeMuPh).
Or. 1408.02 (1408–1412) (rec paraphr) ⟨οἱ δὲ … ταπεινοὶ ἕζονθ’⟩: εἰς τοὺς θρόνους τῆς Ἑλένης ἕζοντο σχήματι ταπεινοὶ. —AbMn
POSITION: marg. Mn, s.l. above 1410 γυναικὸς ὄμμα Ab
APP. CRIT.: τὸν θρόνον Ab | σχῆμα Mn
Or. 1408.03 (1408–1410) (mosch paraphr) ⟨πρὸς θρόνους … Πάρις γυναικός⟩: ἔσω μολόντες πρὸς τοὺς θρόνους τῆς γυναικὸς ἣν ἔγημεν ὁ τοξότης Πάρις —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X; in two parts over successive lines T(each part with cross)G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,24–25
Or. 1408.04 (mosch exeg) οἱ δὲ: ἀντὶ τοῦ οἵτινες —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Hoi’ is here) in the sense ‘hoitines’ (‘who’).
LEMMA: X; in text οἱ except οἳ T POSITION: s.l. except X; prep. to prev. G
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,23
Or. 1408.11 (rec exeg) ⟨δὲ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δή —AaPrSa
TRANSLATION: (The conjunction ‘de’, ‘and’, is) used for ‘dē’ (‘indeed’, ‘then’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1408.17 (thom gloss) ⟨μολόντες⟩: ἐλθόντες —ZcZaZlF2VdCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdCrOx
Or. 1409.01 (1409–1410) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἇς … γυναικός⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἧστινος γυναικὸς ὁ τοξότης Πάρις ἔγημεν. —MB
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘(chair) of which woman the archer Paris married’.
REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B
APP. CRIT. 2: ἔγημε B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,8; Dind. II.307,26–27
COMMENT: This paraphrase simplifies the word order by moving γυναικός and clarifies that ἇς is genitive singular of the relative pronoun with Doric alpha, but does not address the attraction of case that prompts the content of the next.
Or. 1409.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἧς⟩: 1Ἀττικὸν τὸ ἧς· 2οὐ γὰρ πρὸς τὸ ἔγημεν ἀποδίδοται, ἦν γὰρ ἂν ‘ἣν ἔγημεν’, ἀλλά πρὸς τὸ γυναικός. —Rw
TRANSLATION: The (genitive relative pronoun) ‘hēs’ is an Attic usage. For its case is not determined by ‘he married’—for it would have been ‘whom he married’ (with accusative relative pronoun), but rather by (genitive) ‘gunaikos’ (‘woman’).
LEMMA: thus in text Rw
KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς
Or. 1409.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἇς⟩: καὶ ἧστινος —FVdCrOx
LEMMA: ἧς in text Vd, ἁς Cr, ἃς Ox POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἥστινος FVd
Or. 1409.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἃν⟩: γρ. ἇς. —Ya/2
TRANSLATION: (For accusative relative pronoun ‘han’) read (genitive) ‘has’.
LEMMA: thus in text Y POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1409.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔγημ’⟩: ἀπήλαυσε —AbMnPrSaVd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd | ἀπήλαυσα Ab, ἀπήλυσα Vd
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑σεν Mn
COMMENT: This gloss may have been chosen to show a more ‘normal’ governance of the genitive ἇς; but this (and the previous?) may also have been designed to indicate that there was not a legitimate marriage between Helen and Paris.
Or. 1409.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔγημ’⟩: καὶ εἰς γάμον ἤγαγεν —VdCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: εἴσαγε a.c. Vd, ἤσαγε (sic) p.c.
Or. 1410.01 (thom gloss) ⟨γυναικός⟩: τῆς Ἑλένης —ZZaZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zm
Or. 1410.03 (1410–1411) (mosch exeg) ὄμμα δακρύοις πεφυρμένοι: ἀντὶ τοῦ πεφυρμένον, τουτέστι μεμιγμένον, ἔχοντες τὸ ὄμμα τοῖς δακρύοις —XXaXbXoT+YYfGaGr, partial Gb
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘having their eye/face ‘pephurmenon’, that is to say, mixed, with tears’.
LEMMA: Ga POSITION: s.l. except XTGaGr
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Gb | τουτέστι μεμιγ. om. Gb | τουτέστι] καὶ Ga
APP. CRIT. 2: περφυρμ‑ X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,28–29
Or. 1411.01 (rec exeg) πεφυρμένοι: βεβρεγμένοι· τὸ φύρειν γὰρ δι’ ὑγρῶν. —Rw
TRANSLATION: (‘Pephurmenoi’, ‘mixed’, in the sense) ‘soaked’; for mixing (phurein) is by means of liquid substances.
Or. 1411.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πεφυρμένοι⟩: τὸ φύρεσθαι γὰρ δι’ ὑγρῶν. —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Pephurmenoi’ is used here) because being mixed (‘phuresthai’) is by means of liquid substances.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1411.03 (rec gloss) ⟨πεφυρμένοι⟩: ταπεινοὶ —PrSa
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: In both witnesses this precedes the next gloss, and ταπεινοὶ is present in the text at the beginning of the next line.
Or. 1411.04 (rec gloss) ⟨πεφυρμένοι⟩: μεμολυσμένοι —AaMnPrRfrSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: μεμολισ‑ a.c. Mn, ambig. whether μεμολισ‑ Pr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,1
Or. 1411.05 (recThom gloss) ⟨πεφυρμένοι⟩: μεμιγμένοι —AbZZaZbZlZmT+GuVd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd
APP. CRIT. 2: μεμηγμ- Ab
COMMENT: The cross in front in T apparently acknowledges Moschopulus’s use of μεμιγμένον in sch. 1410.03, but one would have expected a cross above.
Or. 1411.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πεφυρμένοι⟩: τεταραγμένοι —Y2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,1
Or. 1411.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πεφυρμένοι⟩: καὶ συγκεχυμένοι —Zcr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: συγκεχημένοι Zcr
Or. 1411.10 (mosch exeg) ταπεινοί: μετὰ ταπεινώσεως, ἐπιρρηματικῶς —XXaXbXoT+YYaYfGGrGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Tapeinoi’, ‘humble’, means) ‘with self-abasement’, (adjective used) in an adverbial sense.
LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. XbXoYaGGu, marg. XaY; cont. from sch. 1410.03 XXbXoGGrYf
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | ἐπιρρ. om. YaG
APP. CRIT. 2: τὰ πεινώσεως Yf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,1–2
Or. 1411.11 (thom gloss) ⟨ταπεινοί⟩: ἥσυχοι —ZZaZbZlZmTGuVd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,2
Or. 1412.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ κεῖθεν … τὸ κεῖθεν⟩: 1ἢ τὸ ‘τὸ κεῖθεν’ πρὸς τὸ ἕζετο, ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ ἐκεῖθεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκεῖ· 2ἢ τὸ ‘τὸ κεῖθεν’ ἐπίρρημα νοητέον, ἵν’ ᾖ τούτου ἑρμηνεία τὸ ἄλλοθεν. —Zm
TRANSLATION: Either ‘to keithen’ (‘from that place’) goes with ‘he sat’, so that ‘ekeithen’ (‘from that place’) is used for ‘ekei’ (‘in that place’); or ‘to keithen’ is to be understood as an adverb, so that ‘allothen’ (‘from another place/direction’) is an explanation of this word.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The clumsily worded second sentence apparently suggests that τὸ κεῖθεν goes with the following πεφραγμένοι instead of the preceding ἕζοντο.
KEYWORDS: ἑρμηνεία/ἑρμηνεύων
Or. 1412.02 (rec gloss) ⟨(first) τὸ κεῖθεν⟩: τὸ δεξιόν —PrSaY2
LEMMA: ἐκεῖθεν in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1412.04 (rec gloss) ⟨(first) τὸ κεῖθεν⟩: ἐκ δεξιῶν —AaAbMn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὁ μὲν prep. Ab, τὸ prep. Aa
APP. CRIT. 2: τὸ ἐνδ ἐξιῶν Aa
Or. 1412.09 (rec gloss) ⟨(second) τὸ κεῖθεν⟩: τὸ ἀριστερὸν —PrSa
LEMMA: in text ’κεῖθεν Pr POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1412.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨(second) τὸ κεῖθεν⟩: τὸ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν —Aa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξαρ‑ Aa
Or. 1412.12 (rec gloss) ⟨(second) τὸ κεῖθεν⟩: ἐξ εὐωνύμων —AbMn
LEMMA: τὸ ἔνθεν in text Ab POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὁ δὲ prep. Ab
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξευ‑ Mn, app. ἐξευονίμων changed to ἐξεβονίμων Ab
Or. 1412.14 (mosch gloss) ⟨(second) τὸ κεῖθεν⟩: κατὰ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸ add. XGr
Or. 1412.16 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ ἔνθεν⟩: γρ. τὸ κεῖθεν. —R
TRANSLATION: (For ‘to enthen’, ‘from this/that place’,) the reading ‘to keithen’ (‘from that place’) is found.
LEMMA: thus in text R (for second τὸ κεῖθεν) POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1413.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄλλος⟩: λέγω —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: λέγων Y2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,3
Or. 1413.03 (vet exeg) ⟨πεφραγμένοι⟩: τοῖς ξίφεσι δηλονότι ἠσφαλισμένοι —MBC
TRANSLATION: (‘Fortified’ means) ‘secured’, with swords, clearly.
POSITION: s.l. MC, marg. B
APP. CRIT. 2: δηλονὅτι M | ἡσφαλ‑ M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,9; Dind. II.308,3–4
Or. 1413.05 (rec gloss) ⟨πεφραγμένοι⟩: ἠσφαλισμένοι ὄντες —MnGu2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὄντες om. Gu2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,5
Or. 1413.06 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨πεφραγμένοι⟩: ὡπλισμένοι —M2AaFMnPrRRfrSaVdXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmT*Ox2B3a
POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2XB3a
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FVd | πεφραγμένοι add. Aa
APP. CRIT. 2: ὀπλιζομενοι changed to ὀπλισμένοι (sic) Vd
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,4–5
Or. 1413.07 (rec gloss) ⟨πεφραγμένοι⟩: καθωπλισμένοι —RB3a
POSITION: s.l. R, marg. B3a
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑λησμένοι R
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,4
Or. 1414.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἱκεσίους⟩: παρακλητικὰς —RfrVdCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdCrOx
Or. 1415.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨(first) ἔβαλλον⟩: ἐτίθουν —Zm
LEMMA: in text ἔβαλον a.c. Zm POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1415.03 (recMosch etaGloss) ⟨Ἑλένας⟩: Ἑλένης —F2MnXXbXoZmTOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῆς prep. F2
Or. 1415.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄμφω⟩: καὶ οἱ δύο —F2MnPrSaVdCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ οἱ om. Mn, καὶ om. F2
Or. 1415.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄμφω⟩: ὁμοῦ ἀμφότεροι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcr
LEMMA: ἅμα in text for ἄμφω T POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὁμοῦ] καὶ Zcr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,6
Or. 1416.01 (1416–1417) (vet exeg) ἀνὰ δὲ δρομάδες ἔθορον: τὸ ἑξῆς ἀνέθορον δὲ πάντες οἱ θεράποντες καὶ ἀνεπήδησαν παραχρῆμα καὶ περιέθεον καθάπερ δρομάδες ἵπποι θορυβηθέντες. —MBCRf
TRANSLATION: The run of the sense is: And all the attendants leapt up and jumped up suddenly and ran around just like running horses thrown into confusion.
LEMMA: C(δε)B, ἀνὰ δὲ δρομάδες Rf REF. SYMBOL: MBRf
APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. Rf | οἱ θερ. καὶ] Schw., καὶ οἱ θερ transp. all | περιέθεον] περιέθορον Rf
APP. CRIT. 2: παρὰ χρῆμα C | περιἔθεον M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,10–11; Dind. II.308,7–9
Or. 1416.02 (1416–1417) (vet exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ δὲ δρομάδες ἔθορον⟩: ἀνεπ[ήδησαν δὲ οἱ θερά]ποντες [παραχρῆμα καὶ περιέ]θορον κ[αθάπερ δρομάδες] ἵπποι [θορυβηθέντες]. —H
TRANSLATION: And the attendants jumped up suddenly and leapt around just like running horses thrown into confusion.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Daitz prints without restoring δὲ, but there seems to be room for it if enough abbreviations were used. He also prints περιέ]θεον, but his image clearly shows ]θορ(ον).
Or. 1416.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ δὲ δρομάδες ἔθορον⟩: ἀνεπήδησαν δὲ δρομάδες, ἀντὶ τοῦ δρομαίως. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
TRANSLATION: And they jumped up, running (adjective ‘dromades’), used for (adverb) ‘dromaiōs’ (‘swiftly’).
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT. 2: δρομέως all except Yf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,9
Or. 1416.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δὲ δρομάδες ἔθορον⟩: δρομαίως δέ ἀνεπήδησαν —G
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: δρομέως G
Or. 1416.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνὰ … ἔθορον⟩: ἀνέθορον —H8Aa
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: check H new image
Or. 1416.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: καθάπερ ἵπποι δρομάδες θορυβηθέντες —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Dromades’ means) like running horses thrown into confusion.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1416.10 (rec gloss) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: μετὰ δρόμου —AbMnRfrVd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Aa | μετὰ τοῦ δρ. Ab
Or. 1416.13 (thom gloss) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: ταχεῖς —ZZaZbZlZmTGuZcFCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. ZZcFCrOx
Or. 1416.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔθορον⟩: ὥρμησαν —M2CrOx
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: marg. M2, s.l. CrOx
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ὥρμισαν Ox
Or. 1417.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀμφίπολοι Φρύγες⟩: οἱ περὶ αὐτὴν Φρύγες —M2
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: marg.
Or. 1417.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμφίπολοι⟩: οἱ περὶ ἐκείνην ἀναστρεφόμενοι ἤγουν οἱ δοῦλοι —FPrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Amphipoloi’ are) those moving about around her, in other words, the slaves.
POSITION: s.l. PrSa, marg. F
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1417.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀμφίπολοι⟩: θεράποντες οἱ ἀμφ’ ἐκείνην ἀναστρεφόμενοι —Gu
TRANSLATION: (‘Amphipoloi’ are) attandants who are moving about around her.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,11
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1417.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀμφίπολοι⟩: δοῦλοι —AaMnRRfrVdZaZlZmTGuCrOxB3d
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ οἱ prep. AaVdCrOxB3d
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,11
Or. 1417.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀμφίπολοι⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πρόσπολοι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | φρύγες add. XaY
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,10
Or. 1417.07 (thom gram) ⟨ἀμφίπολοι⟩: ἀμφίπολος οὐ μόνον ἡ δούλη, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ δοῦλος. —ZZaZlTGu
TRANSLATION: ‘Amphipolos’ (means) not only slavewoman, but also male slave.
POSITION: marg. ZZa, s.l. ZlGu
APP. CRIT.: οὐ μόνον ἀμφίπολος transp. ZZa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,11–12
Or. 1417.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨Φρύγες⟩: περιτομή ἐστιν ἡ τῆς σωματικῆς ἡδονῆς καὶ τῶν περιττῶν καὶ οὐκ ἀναγκαίων ἀπόθεσις. ἀκροβυστία δὲ οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν εἰ μὴ δέρμα, ἡδονικοῦ μορίου περίττωμα. Σάββατον δὲ ἡ ἐκ τῆς ἁμαρτίας κατάπαυσις. —Pr2
TRANSLATION: Circumcision is the renunciation of bodily pleasure and of excessive and unnecessary pleasures. The foreskin is nothing other than skin, a superfluous part of the pleasure-seeking male member. The Sabbath is the (period of) rest from sin.
POSITION: marg. (beside 1409–1425)
COMMENT: It cannot be determined whether this excerpt was added by association with the idea of the Phrygian slaves as eunuchs, or was simply an excerpt of interest to Pr2 that he found ample space for in the blank inner margin of this page, where Pr’s scholia fill only the top block. See also sch. 1401.01. | Excerpted from Joannes Dasmascenus, Expositio fidei 96,73–81 ἡμῖν τοίνυν τοῖς τῷ πνεύματι στοιχοῦσι καὶ οὐ τῷ γράμματι πᾶσα ἡ τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐστιν ἀπόθεσις καὶ ἡ πνευματικὴ λατρεία καὶ πρὸς θεὸν συνάφεια. περιτομὴ μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἡ τῆς σωματικῆς ἡδονῆς καὶ τῶν περιττῶν καὶ οὐκ ἀναγκαίων ἀπόθεσις· ἀκροβυστία γὰρ οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν εἰ μὴ δέρμα, ἡδονικοῦ μορίου περίττωμα. πᾶσα δὲ ἡδονὴ μὴ ἐκ θεοῦ καὶ ἐν θεῷ γινομένη περίττωμα ἡδονῆς ἐστιν· ἧς τύπος ἡ ἀκροβυστία. Σάββατον δὲ ἡ ἐκ τῆς ἁμαρτίας κατάπαυσις. ὥστε ἀμφότερα ἓν τυγχάνουσι καὶ οὕτως ἀμφότερα ἅμα ὑπὸ τῶν πνευματικῶν τελούμενα οὐδὲ τὴν τυχοῦσαν παρανομίαν ἐργάζονται.
Or. 1418.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨προσεῖπε δ’ ἄλλος ἄλλον⟩: εἶπε δὲ ἄλλος πρὸς ἄλλον. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἄλλος] ἄλλον Yf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,13
Or. 1419.01 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨πεσὼν ἐν φόβῳ⟩: φοβηθείς —AaGuT
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T, ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Aa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,14
Or. 1419.06 (rec exeg) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: γρ. φόβῳ. —Mn
TRANSLATION: (For ‘phonōi’, ‘murder’,) the reading ‘phobōi’ (‘fear’) is found. OR (For ‘phonōi’, ‘murder’,) read ‘phobōi’ (‘fear’).
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1420.01 (vet exeg) ⟨μή τις εἴη δόλος⟩: τὸ ‘μή τις εἴη δόλος’ ἄλλο κῶλον. —MC
TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘may there not be some trick’ is a separate colon.
POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C
APP. CRIT.: ἄλλον C
APP. CRIT. 2: εἴηι M (as in text M)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,13; Dind. II.308,15
COMMENT: ‘Separate colon’ may mean the phrase is a separate clause from the foregoing, perhaps asserting that it is not a fear-clause depending on πεσὼν ἐν φόβῳ, but a quotation of what the slave said, which could have been viewed as a wish or perhaps as a question. Such a view is shared by the next three scholia (1420.02–04) . The alternative is that this is a comment on the layout of the text (and by implication on the metrical analysis). In MBC (and T) πεσὼν ἐν φόβῳ and μή τις εἴη δόλος are indeed two separate cola on two lines (and in H, although on the same line, they are spaced as two separate cola), but in O and most later mss πεσὼν … δόλος or ἐν φόβῳ … δόλος appears as one colon. | A comment of this kind is rare in the tragic scholia. See sch. 167.01, which I favor interpreting as concerned with articulation. Articulation of separate syntactic units is also the issue in Sch. Hipp. 1378 Cavarzeran: … τινὲς δὲ εἰς τὸ ἀρά τελείαν παρέχουσιν, ἵν’ ᾖ καθ’ ἑαυτὸ τὸ κῶλον καὶ ὁ τέ σύνδεσμος ὁ ἔξῆς περιττός. The difficulty in that passage is the presence of τε in Hipp. 1379 (emended to τι by Weil) after the vocative phrase in 1378, and the quoted solution recommends a particular articulation along with discounting τε as superfluous.
Or. 1420.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨μή⟩: ὅρα ἵνα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,15–16
Or. 1420.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἴη⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχοι —VdCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὑπάρχ() CrOx | ἂν add. Vd
Or. 1420.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δόλος⟩: κλεψία καὶ πανουργία —Ox
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: For κλεψία meaning ‘deception’ rather than the more usual ‘stolen object’ or ‘theft’, see LBG s.v.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1421.01 (1421–1424) (vet exeg) ⟨κἀδόκει τοῖς μὲν … μητροφόντας δράκων⟩: 1οἱ μὲν, φησὶ, τῶν οἰκετῶν οὐκ ᾤοντο δόλον εἶναι, 2οἱ δὲ ἐπεπιστεύκεισαν τὴν Ἑλένην μέλλειν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου δολοφονεῖσθαι, ὥσπερ ἐν ἄρκυσι ζωγρηθεῖσαν. 3ἄρκυς γὰρ τὸ λίνον. —MBC, partial Rf
TRANSLATION: Some of the servants, he says, did not think it was a trick, but others were convinced that Helen was about to be treacherously slain by Orestes, as if caught in hunting-nets (‘arkus’). For ‘arkus’ means ‘hunting-net’.
LEMMA: 1420 μή τις εἴη δόλος BCRf REF. SYMBOL: to 1420 MB
APP. CRIT.: 1 φασι MC | 2 δὲ καὶ C | 2–3 ὥσπερ κτλ om. Rf | 2 ἄρκυσι om. MC | ζωγραφεῖσαν MC
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐπεπειστεύκεισαν M, ἐπεπιστάκεισαν Rf | ἅρκυσι B | 3 app. ἅρκυς B | λῖνον C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,14–16; Dind. II.308,17–19
COMMENT: ἄρκυς is by no means uncommon in poetry and prose over a long span of time, but lexicographers and scholiasts felt the need to gloss it with λίνον/λίνα (or λίνα θηρευτικά, λίνα κυνηγετικά) and δίκτυον: e.g., Hesych. α 7287, Photius α 2832. For the rough breathing in B, cf. Pausan. Att. vocab. synag. α 154 Erbse Ἀττικοὶ δασέως (deriving ἄρκυς from ἕρκος). | It is worth considering whether B’s ἐν ἄρκυσι where MC have only ἐν is a stopgap emendation (a Scheinverbesserung) to repair a larger lacuna. In view of the next scholion, ἐν might have introduced a longer phrase containing the word ἀρκυστάταν, and that word would have prompted the explanation that ‘arkus’ means ‘hunting-net’.
Or. 1421.02 (1421–1424) (vet paraphr) ⟨κἀδόκει τοῖς μὲν … μητροφόντας δράκων⟩: τοῖ[ς μὲν τῶν οἰκετῶν] / οὐκ [ἐδόκει δόλος εἶναι] / τοῖς δὲ [ἐδόκει Ὀρέστης] / ἐν ἀ[σφαλεστάτῃ] / δικ[τύων μηχανῇ καὶ περι]/βλ[ήματι λίνου ἐμπλέκειν] / τὴν [Ἑλένην.] —H
TRANSLATION: To some of the servants it did not seem to be a trick, but to others it seemed that Orestes was enmeshing Helen with a very secure device of nets and enclosure of netting-thread.
COMMENT: The gaps are so restored by Daitz from the previous and sch.1422.01, except that I print δόλος (δόλον Daitz): cf. AbMn sch. 1421.09 below. The restorations are of course uncertain, because H sometimes substitutes synomyms (e.g., H could have had δούλων, not οἰκετῶν), but with sufficient use of abbreviations, the proposed text fits.
Or. 1421.03 (1421–1424) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κἀδόκει τοῖς μὲν … μητροφόντας δράκων⟩: ἄλλος ἔλεγε καλὸν καὶ ἄλλος δὲ οὔ. —B3a
TRANSLATION: One person was saying it was fine and another person not.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1421.10 (pllgnTri paraphr) ⟨τοῖς μὲν οὔ⟩: καὶ τοῖς μὲν οὐκ ἐδόκει —GT
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τοῖς μὲν om. G
Or. 1422.01 (1422–1424) (vet exeg) ⟨τοῖς δ’ … μητροφόντας δράκων⟩: 1τοῖς δὲ ἐδόκει Ὀρέστης ἐν ἀσφαλεστάτῃ δικτύων μηχανῇ καὶ περιβλήματι λίνου ἐμπλέκειν καὶ ἐμβάλλειν τὴν Ἑλένην. 2οἷον εἰς ἀρκυστάτην μηχανὴν καὶ {ὡς} περίβλημα λίνων. —MBC
TRANSLATION: But to others it seemed that Orestes was enmeshing and confining Helen with a very secure device of nets and enclosure of netting-thread. As if to say, into a very confining device and enclosure of netting-threads.
LEMMA: 1421 κἀδόκει τοῖς μὲν οὔ C, ἄλλως in marg. B REF. SYMBOL: at 1421 M
APP. CRIT.: 1 ὀρέστην C | ἐκβάλειν C | 2 οἷον del. Matthiae | ὡς del. Schw.; or emend to εἰς?
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,17–19; Dind. II.308,21–23
COMMENT: The lemma and reference symbol indicating 1421 instead of 1422 could once have been correct if this scholion has lost a a first sentence like that of sch. 1421.02 by a saut du même au même. | The paraphrase reflects the view that ἀρκυστάταν is adjectival, indeed a superlative adjective. This view is taken up in some of the later glosses.
Or. 1422.04 (moschThom gloss) ⟨τοῖς δ’⟩: ἐδόκει —XXaXbYYfGGrZZaZbZlT*VdOx2
POSITION: s.l.; prep. to sch. 1422.07 above ἀρκυστάταν Y
Or. 1422.05 (1422–1423) (vet exeg) ⟨ἐς ἀρκυστάταν μηχανὰν⟩: 1ὅ ἐστιν εἰς δολοφονίαν· 2ἄρκυς γὰρ τὸ δίκτυόν ἐστιν. —MBC
TRANSLATION: (‘Into a device of hunting-nets’,) which is to say ‘into treacherous murder’. For ‘arkus’ means ‘hunting-net’.
POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. C; cont. from sch. 1422.01 (with dicolon) B
APP. CRIT.: 1 ὅ ἐστιν] οἷον B | 2 ἐστιν om. B
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἅρκυς app. B | ἐστι C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,20; Dind. II.308,23–24
Or. 1422.06 (1422–1423) (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐς ἀρκυστάταν μηχανὰν⟩: ἤγουν εἰς δολοφονίαν —Y2
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1422.07 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ἀρκυστάταν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄρκυς τὸ δίκτυον. —PrSaXXaXoT+YYfGGrZcZmOx2
TRANSLATION: (‘Arkustatan’) from ‘arkus’ meaning ‘hunting-net’.
POSITION: s.l. except marg. XGZmOx2
APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ τοῦ om. PrSaZc | after ἄρκυς add. ὃ δηλοῖ G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,24–25
Or. 1422.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀρκυστάταν⟩: παγιδευτικὴν —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: There is only one instance of this word in TLG: PG 55:614,76.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 1422.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀρκυστάταν⟩: ἧς οὐ δύνανται ἐκφυγεῖν —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Arkustatan’ means) one from which they (the trapped victims) cannot escape.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1422.12 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀρκυστάταν⟩: ἄφυκτον —AbMnZZaZbZlZmTGuAa3CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | ἄφυκτοι Ab
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,25
Or. 1422.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀρκυστάταν⟩: πολυπλέκτην —Rfr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: app. πολύπλεκτον a.c. Rfr
Or. 1422.15 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀρκυστάταν⟩: ἀσφαλεστάτην —ZmGGuY2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀσταλεστάτην Zm
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,25
Or. 1422.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀρκυστάταν⟩: δικτυοειδῆ —AaGuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,25
Or. 1423.02 (rec gloss) ⟨μηχανὰν⟩: ἄ**αν —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Between the extremely clear ἄ and the suspended (αν) there are one or two smudged letters. No short-vowel feminine noun comes to mind. δόλος and μηχανή are often paired, and sometimes ἀπάτη is added to the pair, but that is certainly not what Mn wrote.
COLLATION NOTES: Check original Mn; smudged letter(s)
Or. 1423.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μηχανὰν⟩: δολοφονίαν —Gu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,26
Or. 1423.06 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἐμπλέκειν⟩: ἐμβάλλειν —AaAbMnRfrXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZlZmT*ZcVdOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd | ἐκβ‑ app. Xb | ‑βάλειν MnRfrVdZOx2, p.c. Aa, ἐμβαλεῖν a.c. Aa
Or. 1424.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨παῖδα τὰν Τυνδαρίδ᾽⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν παῖδα τοῦ Τυνδάρεω —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
Or. 1424.02 (rec gloss) ⟨παῖδα⟩: εἰς τὴν —MnB3a
POSITION: s.l. Mn, marg. B3a
APP. CRIT.: τὴν om. B3a
Or. 1424.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Τυνδαρίδ’⟩: τοῦ Τυνδάρεω —GOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Ox2
Or. 1424.07 (tri metr) ⟨(Τυν)δαρίδ’⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς —T
TRANSLATION: (The two short syllables ‘darid’ are) in place of a single (long syllable).
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 77
Or. 1424.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μητροφόντας δράκων⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ὀρέστης ὁ τὴν μητέρα φονεύσας —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except marg. X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,27–28
Or. 1424.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μητροφόντας δράκων⟩: καὶ ὁ τὴν μητέρα φονεύσας Ὀρέστης —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1424.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨μητροφόντας δράκων⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ὀρέστης —AaAbF2MnPrSaZcZaZcZlGu2Vd
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Zc
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. AaF2MnZcZlGu2 | ὁ om. AbF2Z
Or. 1424.13 (thom exeg) ⟨δράκων⟩: διὰ τὸ φονικόν —ZlZmGu2
TRANSLATION: (‘Serpent’ is used to describe Orestes) because of his murderous quality.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,28
Or. 1425.01 (tri metr) [κατὰ π]ερι[κο]πὴν ἴαμβος —T
TRANSLATION: As a separate unit, an iambic trimeter.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 77
Or. 1425.02 (vet exeg) σὺ δ’ ἦσθα ποῦ τότ’: σὺ δὲ παρῆς τοῖς γινομένοις ἢ ἀκούσας παρ’ ἑτέρου πάλαι πέφευγας ἐκποδών; —HMBCRf
TRANSLATION: And were you present at the events, or after hearing (of them) from another person have you long since fled out of the way?
LEMMA: B(πότ’)C, σὺ δησθα Rf(ῆ s.l. above eta) REF. SYMBOL: HMB
APP. CRIT.: only 2–3 letters at start of three lines H | σὺ δὲ] οὐδε M | ἢ] ἢ το̣[ H (interpreted as τὸ by Daitz, but perhaps ἢ τό[δε]?) | ἐκποδών om. Rf
APP. CRIT. 2: παρ’ ἧς C, παρἧς M | τοις C | παρετέρου M | ἐκποδῶν C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,21–22; Dind. II.308,29–309,1
COLLATION NOTES: check H new image for accent if any
Or. 1425.03 (mosch exeg) σὺ δ᾽ ἦσθα ποῦ: 1δυοῖν ὄντων τοῦ παρεῖναι αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁρᾶν, καὶ τοῦ πρότερον ἐξελθεῖν καὶ ἀπεῖναι ὅτε ταῦτα ἐγένετο, ἐρωτᾷ ὁ χορὸς ‘ποῦ ἦσθα;’, πρὸς ἀμφότερα ἀποβλέπων· 2εἶτα ὀφείλων εἰπεῖν διαιρῶν ‘ἐκεῖ ἦσθα, ἢ πάλαι φεύγεις φόβῳ;’, 3ὁ δὲ τῷ ἑνὶ σκέλει χρησάμενος τῷ ‘ἢ πάλαι φεύγεις’ ἀρκεῖται· 4ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ ἑτέρου δυνατόν ἐστι συνυπακούεσθαι καὶ τὸ ἕτερον. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: There being two possibities, that he was present there and he saw, and that he went outside beforehand and he was absent when the these events occurred, the chorus inquires ‘where were you?’, paying regard to both possibilities. Then, when (the coryphaeus) ought to say by way of presenting alternatives ‘were you there, or have you long since fled in fear?’, using the one alternative he is satisfied with (just) ‘or have you long since fled?’. For from the one part it is possible for the other part too (scil. ‘were you there?’) to be understood with it.
LEMMA: TG POSITION: follows sch. 1425.15 X
APP. CRIT.: 1 after ἐρωτᾷ add. αὐτὸν XoG
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δυεῖν Xo | 4 δυνατὸν ἐστὶ XXaXbGr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.309,3–8
Or. 1425.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σὺ δ᾽ ἦσθα ποῦ τότ’;⟩: ἐκεῖ ἦσθα δηλονότι; —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: τότε prep. X | δῆλον G
Or. 1425.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἢ πάλαι φεύγεις φόβῳ⟩: ἢ παρ’ ἄλλων ἤκουσας —Pr
TRANSLATION: (‘Or have you long since fled in fear’, that is,) ‘or did you hear (this) from others?’
LEMMA: πάλαι om. in text Pr POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἄλλων] ἄτλαν Pr (or very poorly written ἄλλαν?)
Or. 1425.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἢ πάλαι φεύγεις φόβῳ⟩: παρ’ ἄλλων ἀκούσας —Aa
TRANSLATION: (‘Or have you long since fled in fear’,) having heard from others?
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1425.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἢ πάλαι φεύγεις φόβῳ⟩: ἁκούσας δηλονότι παρ’ ἑτέρου ἃ λέγεις —ZlZmGu2
TRANSLATION: (‘Or have you long since fled in fear’,) having heard, obviously, from another person the things you speak of?
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1425.11 (mosch gloss) πάλαι: πρότερον —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. XGr
Or. 1425.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάλαι⟩: καὶ ἀποταχύ —F
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The adverb ἀποταχύ has very few attestations in TLG, among them Sch. rec. Arist. Aves 49 Holwerda πάλαι] ἀποταχύ (from Γ = Laur. 31.15). See also Kriaras s.v.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 1425.15 (mosch paraphr) φόβῳ: ἐν φόβῳ γενόμενος ἤγουν φοβηθείς —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: φοβηθεὶς transp. to beginning, om. ἤγουν, G
TRANSLATION: The present strophe too is monostrophic (without responsion), and (it consists) of thirty-one cola. The first colon is an acatalectic anapaestic dimeter. The second, third, and fourth cola are similar (anapaestic) catalectic dimeters, or hephthemimeres cola. The fifth is a trochaic ithyphallic. The sixth is an acatalectic prosodiac dimeter formed from a first paeon in place of an ionic a maiore, and a choriamb. The seventh is an ithyphallic similar to the fifth. The eighth is a prosodiac the reverse of the one previously mentioned, formed from a choriamb and a fourth paeon in place of an ionic a minore. For also in Pindar the prosodiac is found also compounded from the (ionic) a minore and not only the (ionic) a maiore. The ninth is similar to the second; or if you prefer, a hypercatalectic prosodiac dimeter formed from an ionic a maiore, a choriamb, and a syllable. The tenth is similar to the sixth, formed from a second paeon in place of an ionic a maiore, and a choriamb; or if you prefer, a brachycatalectic anapaestic dimeter with an iamb beginning it. The eleventh is an anapaestic basis. The twelfth is a catalectic paeonic dimeter formed from a fourth paeon and a choreius or an anapaest because of the indifferent final syllable; but if you prefer, a trochaic penthemimeres formed from a choreius, a trochee, and two short syllables in place of one long. The thirteenth is a dactylic penthemimeres; but if you prefer, a one-and-a-half measure choriambic, or a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter. The fourteenth is a one-and-a-half measure ionic formed from a second paeon in place of an ionic a maiore, and a spondee. It could also be an iambic penthemimeres with the second foot an anapaest. The fifteenth is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter formed from an antispast, a third epitrite, and a syllable. The sixteenth and seventeenth are one-and-a-half measure pure antispastic. The eighteenth is an acatalecticc iambic dimeter formed from three chorei (in the first three feet). The nineteenth is similar to the sixteenth, formed from a first epitrite and an iamb. The twentieth is a catalectic antispastic dimeter formed from an antispast and a cretic. The twenty-first is a pure hypercatalectic iambic dimeter. The twenty-second is a pure acatalectic trochaic dimeter. The twenty-third is a similar (trochaic) Euripidean catalectic dimeter with the first foot a choreius. The twenty-fourth is a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter. For it seems better to me to write these (words) in this way (scil. with ‘iōn’ in this colon rather than at the end of the previous one): for ‘kakos Phōkeus’ alone does not allow diagnosis of which meter it might be, even if it seems antispastic. The twenty-fifth is an acatalectic iambic trimeter. The twenty-sixth is a brachycatalectic iambic trimeter having a synizesis in the first foot; but if you prefer, let the second foot be an anapaest. The twenty-seventh is a hypercatalectic trochaic dimeter. The twenty-eighth and twenty-ninth are trochaic ithyphallika. The thirtieth is a trochaic hepthemimeres. The thirty-first is iambic like the twenty-sixth (brachycatalectic iambic trimeter). At the end a paragraphos, and as an insertion (in the lyric) an iambic trimeter.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
APP. CRIT.: 5, 7, 28–29 ἰθυφαλικ‑ T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.23,6–24,10; de Fav. 77–78
KEYWORDS: Pindar | συνίζησις | Εὐριπίδειον (colon)
Or. 1426.02 (1426–1452) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων λα´ —T
TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of thirty-one cola.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78
Or. 1426.03 (1426–1437) (mosch paraphr) Φρυγίοις ἔτυχον: 1ἔτυχον ἐν συνηθείᾳ Φρυγῶν, ἐν συνηθείᾳ βαρβαρικῇ κινῶν εὐπαγεῖ κύκλῳ πτερίνῳ, ἤγουν ῥιπιδίῳ, αὔραν ἐπὶ τὸν βόστρυχον τῆς Ἑλένης πρὸ τῆς παρηΐδος, ἀντὶ τοῦ τῆς παρειᾶς 2ἡ δὲ, ἤγουν ἡ Ἑλένη, ἐνετύλιττε διὰ τῶν δακτύλων λίνον τῇ ἠλακάτῃ, τὰ νήματα δὲ ὥρμα πρὸς τὸ πέδον, 3θέλουσα κατασκευάσαι ἀναθήματα ἐπὶ τύμβον τῷ λίνῳ τῷ ὄντι ἀπὸ τῶν σκύλων τῶν Φρυγίων, 4λέγω φάρεα, ἤγουν ἐνδύματα, πορφυρᾶ κατασκευάσαι δῶρα τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: I happened to be, in the fashion of Phygians, in a foreign fashion, stirring with a well-constructed feathery circle, that is, a fan, a breeze toward the curling tress of Helen before her ‘parēïs’, meaning ‘cheek’ (‘pareia’). And she, that is, Helen, was twisting with her fingers yarn with the distaff—and the spun threads was going toward the ground—as she wished to make dedications for the tomb with the yarn that was from the spoils take from the Phrygians, I mean, to create ‘pharea’, meaning ‘robes’, dyed with purple as gifts for Clytemnestra.
LEMMA: XaXbYYfGGr, label σύνταξις in marg. T POSITION: as two sep., 1 on recto and 2–4 on verso, Yf
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐν συν. φρ. ἐν συν. βαρβ.] ἐν συνηθείᾳ βαρβαρικῇ τῶν Φρυγῶν XoG | κύκλῳ om. G | ἀντὶ τοῦ παρειᾶς om. G | 2 ὥρμα] ὥρμενα Yf | δάπεδον a.c. Y | 3 ἐπὶ τὸν τύμβον T | ἐπὶ] ἤγουν Yf | τῷ λίνῳ om. G
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 αὖραν all except T | 2 λῖνον XoYYfG
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.309,9–16
Or. 1426.04 (1426–1430) (thom exeg) ⟨Φρυγίοις ἔτυχον … βαρβάροις νόμοις⟩: 1ἔτυχον ἐν Φρυγίοις καὶ Τρωϊκοῖς νόμοις ἀΐσσων καὶ πέμπων ἐν εὐπηγεῖ πτερίνῳ κύκλῳ αὔραν καὶ πνοὴν πρὸ παρηΐδος καὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῆς παρηΐδος τῆς Ἑλένης παρὰ τὸν βόστρυχον καὶ τὰς ἐν μετώπῳ αὐτῆς τρίχας, 2τουτέστιν ἐξ ὅτουπερ εἰς Τροίαν ἦν αὕτη, ἐτάχθην ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῆς ἵστασθαι καὶ πρὸς τὸ θάλπος αὔραν αὐτῇ μηχανᾶσθαι καὶ τὰ λυποῦντα ἐλαύνειν, μυίας φημὶ καὶ κώνωπας. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: I happened in Phrygian and Trojan custom to be darting and sending with a well-constructed feathery circle a breeze and puff of air before the cheek and in front of the cheek of Helen beside her curl and the hairs on her forehead, that is, ever since this woman was in Troy, I have been assigned to stand before her and create a breeze for her against the heat and to drive away things annoying (her), I mean flies and mosquitoes.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm POSITION: cont. from sch. 1427.03 T, prep. τὸ δὲ πᾶν οὕτως ἔχει
APP. CRIT.: 1 first ἐν om. Gu | καὶ ἔμπ. τ. παρ. om. Gu | second παρηΐδος] παρειᾶς T [Zl] | 2 ἦν αὕτη] αὐτὴ ἦν transp. ZZa, ἦν om., s.l. add. Gu | αὐτῆς] ταύτης ZZa
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 αὖραν ZZlGu | μετόπω Za | 2 ἐξότουπερ ZmGu | αὖραν ZZlGu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.309,16–22
Or. 1426.05 (rec gloss) ⟨Φρυγίοις⟩: Τρωϊκοῖς —RfrZcGu2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1426.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐτύγχανον⟩: ἔτυχον —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (For imperfect ‘etungchanon’ there is a variant reading, aorist) ‘etuchon’ (‘I happened’).
LEMMA: thus in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1426.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Φρυγίοισι νόμοις⟩: ἐν συνηθείᾳ Φρυγῶν —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐν om. Zc
Or. 1427.01 (1427–1430) (rec wdord) word order α (παρὰ τόν βόστρ.), β (ἑλένας), γ (ἀΐσσων), δ (βαρβάροισι νόμοισιν), ε (εὐπηγεῖ κύκλω), ϛ (αὔραν) —Mn
Or. 1427.02 (1427–1429) (vet exeg) παρὰ βόστρυχον αὔραν: παρὰ τὸν βόστρυχον τῆς Ἑλένης πλησίον τῆς παρηΐδος αὐτῆς αὔραν πέμπων —MBCRfY2, partial H
TRANSLATION: Sending a breeze beside the curl of Helen near her cheek.
LEMMA: C(αὖραν, as in text C), παρὰ βόστρυχον Rf, REF. SYMBOL: HMRf POSITION: s.l. Y2; cont. from sch. 1425.02 B
APP. CRIT.: 2–3 letters at start of 2 lines H | ὁ δὲ prep. B | παρὰ … ἑλένης om. H | βόστ. φησὶ B | αὐτῆς om. Y2 [H] | ἔπεμπον τῇ ῥιπίδι· B, πέμπων τῆ κυκλοτερεῖ καὶ πτερωτῆ ῥιπίδι Y2 [H]
APP. CRIT. 2: αὖραν BCRfY2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,23–24; Dind. II.309,25–26
Or. 1427.03 (1427–1429) (thom exeg) ⟨παρὰ βόστρυχον … πρὸ παρηΐδος⟩: τὸ παρὰ βόστρυχον καὶ τὸ πρὸ παρηΐδος ταυτόν ἐστιν. —ZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: ‘Beside the curl’ and ‘before the cheek’ are the same thing.
POSITION: marg. ZbZlZm, s.l. Gu
APP. CRIT. 2: προ Gu | ταυτόν ἐστὶν Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.309,23–24
KEYWORDS: ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα
Or. 1427.07 (thom gloss) ⟨βόστρυχον⟩: τὰς ἐν μετώπῳ τρίχας —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: μετόπω Za | τρύχας Zb
Or. 1427.11 (vet exeg) ⟨αὔραν αὔραν⟩: αὔραν ἀΐσσων, ἀντὶ τοῦ πνοὴν ἐπιπέμπων —MBCAa
TRANSLATION: ‘Darting a breeze’ (with ‘darting’ from two line later), equivalent to ‘sending a puff of air upon (her)’.
POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. Aa, cont. from sch. 1429.05 B
APP. CRIT.: τὸ γὰρ ἑξῆς prep. B | αὔραν om. Aa | τοῦ om. C | ἀναπνοὴν Aa | ἐκπέμπων B
APP. CRIT. 2: αὖραν B, a.c. M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,1; Dind. II.310,3–4
Or. 1427.12 (thom gloss) ⟨αὔραν αὔραν⟩: πνοήν —ZZaZbZlZmTGuZcrF2VdCrOx
LEMMA: in text αὖραν αὖραν FVdZZcZlOx POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. ZcrCrOx | πνοῆς Zb
Or. 1428.05 (mosch exeg) εὐπαγεῖ κύκλῳ: ἤγουν ῥιπιδίῳ πτερίνῳ κυκλοτερεῖ καλῶς πεπηγμένῳ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Well-constructed circle’,) that is, circular fan of feathers well-fixed in position.
LEMMA: XGr POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Gr
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G
APP. CRIT. 2: κυκλωτερεῖ T
Or. 1428.07 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐπαγεῖ⟩: καλῶς ἡρμοσμένῳ —MnPrSa
LEMMA: εὐπηγεῖ in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Mn
Or. 1428.09 (thom gloss) ⟨εὐπαγεῖ⟩: εὐκατασκευάστῳ —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
LEMMA: εὐπηγεῖ in text ZZaZm POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑άσθω Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.310,5
COLLATION NOTES: In Vd there is apparently an unfinished version of this: καὶ εὐκ(ατα)** (damage, either two letters erased or nothing written).
Or. 1428.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐπαγεῖ⟩: καλῶς πεποιημένῳ —CrOx
LEMMA: εὐπηγεῖ in text Cr POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Cr
Or. 1428.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐπηγεῖ⟩: καλοϋφάντῳ —Zcr
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This rarely attested word is used as a gloss in ps.-Zonaras 915,13 εὐήτριον· ἱμάτιον καλοΰφαντον.
KEYWORDS: rare word | Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1428.16 (1428–1429) (vet exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ πτερίνῳ⟩: τῇ ῥιπίδι —MCMnR
TRANSLATION: (‘Feathery circle’ is) the fan.
LEMMA: πτερίνῳ M, πτερίνω πρὸ παρηΐδος ἀΐσσων C REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. MnR
APP. CRIT.: τῇ om. Mn
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,25; Dind. II.309, app. at 25
Or. 1428.17 (1428–1429) (vet exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ πτερίνῳ⟩: παρόσον πάντα τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς καλύμματα πτερὰ ἔλεγον, οἷς δὴ καὶ ῥιπίσιν ἐχρῶντο. —HMC
TRANSLATION: Inasmuch as they used to call all coverings upon the head feathers, which in fact they used to use as fans.
REF. SYMBOL: H POSITION: cont. from prev. with ἢ MC
APP. CRIT.: only 2–3 letters at start of 5 lines H | χρῶ[ at line-beginning H, χρῶ[ται] Daitz, unless it was [ἐ ]/ χρῶ[ντο]
APP. CRIT. 2: ῥιπίσι M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,25–26; Dind. II.309, app. at 25
Or. 1428.18 (1428–1429) (vet exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ πτερίνῳ⟩: κυκλοτερὴς γὰρ ἡ ἐκ τῶν πτερῶν ῥιπίς. —HMBC
TRANSLATION: (‘Feathery circle’,) for the fan made of feathers is circular.
POSITION: s.l. H, cont. from prev. MC, cont. from sch. 1429.01 B
APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. H
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,26–27; Dind. II.310,1–2, cf. II.309, app. at 25
COLLATION NOTES: check H new image to verify om. τῶν | Schw. wrongly reports ‘ἡ om. C’.
Or. 1428.19 (thom gloss) ⟨κύκλῳ⟩: ῥιπιδίῳ —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAaF2VdOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῶ prep. Aa, καὶ ἐν prep. Vd
APP. CRIT. 2: ῥιπεδίω Vd
Or. 1429.01 (vet exeg) ⟨πτερίνῳ⟩: 1πτερίνῳ δὲ εἶπεν παρόσον αὗται ἐκ πτερῶν ὑπάρχουσι συντεθειμέναι· 2εὐπηγεῖ δὲ κύκλῳ ἤτοι καλῶς πεπηγμένῳ καὶ συντεθειμένῳ. —B
TRANSLATION: He said ‘of feathers’ because these (scil. fans) are put together from feathers. And ‘eupēgei’ circle, in other words ‘well fastened and put together’.
POSITION: cont. from sch. 1427.02 B
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 παρ’ ὅσον B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,25–28 with app.; Dind. II.309,25–310,1
Or. 1429.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πτερίνῳ⟩: ὅτι ἀπὸ πτερῶν ἦν συντεθειμένον —MnPr
TRANSLATION: (‘Of feathers’) because it (the fan) was put together from feathers.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: πτεροῦ Mn
Or. 1429.03 (tri exeg) ⟨πτερίνῳ⟩: ἐκ πτερῶν ταῶνος πεποιημένῳ —T
TRANSLATION: (‘Of feathers’, that is,) made from the feathers of a peacock.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The specification ‘of a peacock’ is unique to Triclinius and not obviously motivated by the text itself. The only collocation of peacock and fan (ῥιπίς, ῥιπίδιον) I find in TLG is Constitut. apostol. 8.12,11–15 δύο δὲ διάκονοι ἐξ ἑκατέρων τῶν μερῶν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου κατεχέτωσαν ἐξ ὑμένων λεπτῶν ῥιπίδιον ἢ πτερῶν [Mastr.; πτερὸν edition] ταῶνος ἢ ὀθόνης (‘a fan made of fine membranes or of a peacock’s feathers or of fine linen’), καὶ ἠρέμα ἀποσοβείτωσαν τὰ μικρὰ τῶν ἱπταμένων ζῴων, ὅπως ἂν μὴ ἐγχρίμπτωνται εἰς τὰ κύπελλα. Perhaps Triclinius pictured the fan this way because he saw such fans used by high officials of the church or others among the elite.
Or. 1429.05 (vet exeg) ⟨πρὸ παρηΐδος⟩: ἡ δὲ πρό ἀντὶ τῆς κατά, ὅ ἐστι κατὰ τοῦ προσώπου αὐτῆς πνοὴν ἐπιπέμπων. —MBC
TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘pro’ (‘before, in front of’) is used for the preposition ‘kata’ (‘down upon’), which is to say ‘sending on a puff of air down upon her face’.
POSITION: cont. from sch. 1428.18 all
APP. CRIT.: ἐπιπέμπων] Schw. (from sch. 1427.11), ἐκπέμπων all
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,27–28; Dind. II.310,2–3, cf. II.309, app. at 25
Or. 1429.07 (thom gloss) ⟨πρὸ παρηΐδος⟩: ἔμπροσθεν τῆς παρηΐδος —ZZaZbZlZmTGuZcrB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zcr | τῆς παρηΐδος om. ZmB3a, τῆς om. Zb, παρηΐδος om. Za
APP. CRIT. 2: ἔπροσθεν Zcr
Or. 1429.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρὸ παρηΐδος⟩: κατὰ τὸ πρόσωπον —GY2
LEMMA: πρὸς in text Y POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. G
Or. 1429.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρηΐδος⟩: καὶ τοῦ μαγούλου —CrOx
LEMMA: παριήδος in text Ox POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: All the instances of μάγουλον in TLG date from no earlier than the 7th century CE. The one apparent exception is a use in a physiognomic text, ps.-Melampus, περὶ ἐλαιῶν τοῦ σώματος πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον βασιλέα, p. 503 Franz; despite the title it seems unlikely that this text goes back verbatim to Hellenistic times. It may also be noted that μάγουλον is not attested in papyri. See sch. 362.09 for the related word κατωμάγουλον.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1429.13 (tri metr) ⟨(παρ)ηΐ(δος)⟩: συνίζησις —T
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78
KEYWORDS: συνίζησις
Or. 1429.16 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀΐσσων⟩: κινῶν —AaMnXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcrOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zcr
Or. 1429.17 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀΐσσων⟩: πέμπων —AbFMnPrSaY2ZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOxB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FCrOx
Or. 1430.01 (thom exeg) ⟨βαρβάροισι νόμοισιν⟩: τοῦτο καὶ τὸ [1426] Φρυγίοις νόμοις ταυτόν ἐστι. —ZmGu
TRANSLATION: This phrase (‘with foreign customs’) and ‘with Phrygian customs’ are the same thing.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.310,6–7
KEYWORDS: ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα
Or. 1430.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨βαρβάροισι νόμοισιν⟩: ἐν συνηθείᾳ βαρβαρικῇ —XXaXbXoT+YfGGr
LEMMA: βαρβάροις in text T POSITION: s.l. except marg. X
APP. CRIT.: βαρβαρικῇ ἐν συνηθείᾳ transp. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.310,6
Or. 1430.04 (rec gloss) ⟨βαρβάροισι⟩: βαρβαρικοῖς —AaMnGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.310,7
Or. 1431.01 (1431–1436) (thom paraphr) ἁ δὲ λίνον: 1ἡ δὲ ἐν τοῖς δακτύλοις ἕλισσε λίνον ἐν ἠλακάτῃ, τὸ νῆμα δὲ ἵετο ἐν τῷ πέδῳ, 2χρῄζουσα ἐν λίνῳ ἐπὶ τὸν τύμβον τῆς ἀδελφῆς στολίσαι φάρεα καὶ πέπλους, πορφύρεα δῶρα τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ, 3ἀγάλματα καὶ λαμπρότητας καὶ τρυφὰς τῶν Φρυγίων σκύλων. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: And she with her fingers was twirling thread on a spindle—and the spun thread was being sent toward the ground—wanting with yarn to prepare ‘pharea’, that is, robes for the tomb of her sister, purple-dyed gifts for Clytemnestra, adornments and shining decorations and luxury items from the Phrygian spoils.
LEMMA: T(ἡ) REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἕλισσε] ἔλυσε Gu | second δὲ om. Gu | 2 ἐν τῷ λίνῳ ZaGu
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λινὸν ZZa, λῖνον ZmGu | ἴετο Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.310,8–12
Or. 1431.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἁ δὲ⟩: ἡ Ἑλένη —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrF2Mt2Vd
LEMMA: ἡ δὲ in text F POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. YMt2Vd
Or. 1431.04 (vetMosch etaGloss) ⟨ἁ δὲ⟩: ἡ δὲ —MAaXaXbTYfGrB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: δὲ] M, om. others
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,2
Or. 1431.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ⟩: ἁ —RfSa
TRANSLATION: (For article ‘hē’ there is a variant reading, Doric) ‘hā’.
LEMMA: thus in text RfSa POSITION: s.l., above eta of ἠλακάτᾳ Rf
APP. CRIT. 2: app. ἅ Rf
Or. 1431.06 (1431–1432) (vet paraphr) ⟨λίνον ἠλακάτᾳ … ἕλισσεν⟩: τὸ λίνον τὸ ἐν τῇ ἠλακάτῃ εἵλισσεν. —MC, partial HPrSa
TRANSLATION: She was twirling the yarn that was on the distaff.
REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. HPrSa
APP. CRIT.: τὸ … τὸ] τὸν … τὸν PrSa | τὸ ἐν τῇ ἠλακάτῃ λίνον transp. H | λίνον om. PrSa (understood from line) | εἵλισσεν] Schw., ἐλίσσων MC, om. HPrSa
APP. CRIT. 2: λῖνον CSa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,3
Or. 1431.07 (rec gloss) ⟨λίνον ἠλακάτᾳ⟩: τὸν ἐν τῇ —FMn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸ ὂν (om. τῇ) Mn
Or. 1431.08 (thom exeg) ⟨λίνον⟩: 1λίνον ἐνταῦθα καταχρηστικῶς τὴν μέταξαν λέγει. 2ὅτι δὲ τοῦτό ἐστι δῆλον ἔκ τε τῶν Φρυγίων σκύλων καὶ τοῦ βούλεσθαι τῇ ἀδελφῇ πέπλον ὑφᾶναι πρὸς τάφον δῶρον· 3οὔτε γὰρ ἦν εἰκὸς ἐκ λίνου καὶ μὴ ἐκ μετάξης τῇ ἀδελφῇ δῶρον κατασκευάσαι πέπλον, 4οὔτε φαῦλα σκῦλα καὶ οὐδενὸς ἄξια ἐκ Τρώων λαβεῖν, 5ἀλλὰ λίνον ἐνταῦθα καταχρηστικῶς καὶ οὐ κυρίως τὴν μέταξαν λέγει. 6ἐγχωρεῖ δὲ λέγειν καὶ νῆμα λεπτὸν καὶ ἀερῶδες εἶναι τὸν λίνον καὶ οὐ μέταξαν, 7καὶ οὐδὲν ἐμποδὼν ἵσταται τὸ σκύλων Φρυγίων, οὐδὲ τὸ πέπλον ἐκ τοιούτου ἐθέλειν ὑφαίνειν τῇ ἀδελφῇ. 8εἰκὸς γὰρ ἦν καὶ σκῦλον τοιοῦτόν τι νῆμα λαβεῖν καὶ πέπλους ἐκ τοιούτου ὑφαίνειν. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Here by catachresis (improper use of a word) he refers to silk as ‘linon’ (‘flax’). And that this is the case is obvious both from the (mention of) Phrygian spoils and from her wanting to weave a garment for her sister as a gift for the tomb. For neither was it probable that she crafted a robe as gift for her sister from flax and not from silk, nor that she took from Trojans trivial and worthless spoils; but rather he calls silk flax here in an improper sense and not in its proper sense. But it is possible to say that flax and not silk is a thread both fine and light as air, and the phrase ‘Phrygian spoils’ poses no obstacle, nor her wanting to weave a robe for her sister from such material. For it was probable to take some such thread as spoils and to weave robes from such material.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZa POSITION: cont. from sch. 1431.01, add. δὲ, T
APP. CRIT.: 2 πέπλον ὑφ. τῆ ἀδελφῆ transp. ZZa | τὸν τάφον T | 8 σκῦλον] σκύλων Gu
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λῖνον ZZaZm, app. Zl | τοῦτο ἐστὶ Zl | 2 ὑφάναι ZZaZlZm | 4 σκύλα ZZaGu, app. Zl | 5 λῖνον ZZaZmZlGu | 6 λῖνον ZZaZmZlGu | 7 ἐμποδῶν T, a.c. Za | οὐδὲ corr. from οὐ Za | 8 σκύλον ZZa | τοιοῦτό T |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.310,13–22
COMMENT: Thomas often offers more than one interpretation, with various degrees of explanation, but this case is unusual in presenting two opposing views and supporting both with εἰκὸς γὰρ. The second explanation thus looks like the result of second thoughts, perhaps raised in discussion within the Thoman circle. This instance would differ from those in which ZmTGu appear to offer a refinement or correction of a view attested in ZZa.
KEYWORDS: catachresis
Or. 1431.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠλακάτᾳ⟩: ῥόκᾳ —Mt2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ρόκα Mt2
COMMENT: From the Italian ‘rocca’ (distaff); see Triantafyllidis s.v. ρόκα 1.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1432.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨δακτύλοις⟩: διὰ τῶν δακτὐλων —RfrVdXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrMt2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd | τῶν om. XMt2 | δακτύλων om. RfrMt2
Or. 1432.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἕλισσε⟩: ἔκλωθε —AaF2MnPrRwSaVdY2Zm
POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. Rw
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑θεν Y2Zm
Or. 1432.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἕλισσεν⟩: ἐνετύλιττεν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
LEMMA: in text ἔλισσε G, ἕλισεν Yf POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 1432.01 X
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑ττε G
Or. 1432.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ἕλισσε⟩: ἔστρεφε —ZZbZlZmTGu
LEMMA: ἕλισσεν in text TGr POSITION: s.l. except marg. Gu
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑φεν ZmT
Or. 1433.01 (thom exeg) ⟨νῆμα δ’ ἵετο πέδῳ⟩: τοῦτο διὰ μέσου. —ZZaZbZmTGu
TRANSLATION: This (clause) is parenthetic.
LEMMA: in text νήματα δ’ TGr; νῆμα θ’ ZZa POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,4
KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου
Or. 1433.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νήμαθ’⟩: τὰ κλώσματα ἤγουν τὸ ἄτρακτον —CrOx
TRANSLATION: (‘Nemata’ means) ‘the threads’, that is to say, ‘the spindle’ (that collects the spun threads).
LEMMA: thus in text CrOx POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1433.05 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἵετο⟩: μετὰ σπουδῆς ἐχαλᾶτο, κατηπειγμένως. —MCAaRfPrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Hieto’, ‘was being propelled’, that is,) was being released with haste, in a hurried manner.
LEMMA: ἴετο in text MSa POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. AaPrSa
APP. CRIT.: τὸ δὲ ἵετο ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Rf | κατεπειγομένως PrSa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,4; Dind. II.310,23–24
Or. 1433.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἵετο⟩: ὥρμα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,4
Or. 1433.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἵετο⟩: ἐπέμπετο —KMnRRfrVdZZaZbZlZmTGuZcrB3a
LEMMA: ἴετο in text K POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdZcr | ἐπέμποντο B3a
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,4
Or. 1434.01 (1434–1435) (vet exeg) σκύλων Φρυγίων: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς λαφυραγωγίας τῶν βαρβάρων νήματα καὶ λίνα. || 2ἀπὸ τῶν Φρυγίων σκύλων βουλομένη συρράψαι ἐνδύματα πορφυρᾶ, ὅπως ἐπὶ τὸν τάφον ἀναθῇ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας. —MBCRf, partial HMtr
TRANSLATION: (‘Spun yarn of Phrygian spoils’ is) equivalent to the spun yarn and threads from the plundering of the foreigners. || (Paraphrase as) ‘wanting to stitch together from the Phrygian spoils purple-dyed garments, in order to dedicate (them) at the tomb of Clytemnestra’.
LEMMA: BCRf REF. SYMBOL: MB
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ … λίνα om. HMtr | τοῦ om. C | 2 only a few letters of ἀπὸ … ἐπὶ τὸν survive H | ἤτοι ἀπὸ B [H] | βουλόμενος M, ‑μένης B [H] | τοῦ τάφου Rf
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λῖνα CRf | 2 προφυρὰ MCRf [H]
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,5–7; Dind. II.311,6–9
COMMENT: The first sentence takes σκύλων Φρυγίων with 1433 νῆμα/νήματα, while the second construes it with the following ἀγάλματα συστολίσαι.
Or. 1434.02 (1434–1435) (pllgn wdord) word order α (χρῄζουσα), β (συστολῆσαι), γ (ἀγάλματα), δ (ἐπὶ τύμβον), ε (λίνῳ), ϛ (σκύλων φρυγ.), ζ (φάρεα), η (πορφύρεα) —Y2
Or. 1434.03 (1434–1435) (mosch exeg) ⟨σκύλων Φρυγίων … λίνῳ⟩: τῷ λίνῳ τῷ ὄντι δηλονότι ἀπὸ τῶν σκύλων τῶν Φρυγίων —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOx2
TRANSLATION: With the thread, namely, that from the spoils of the Phrygians.
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ox2
APP. CRIT.: second τῷ om. Ox2 | δηλ. om. ZcOx2 | second τῶν om. Ox2
APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,9–10
Or. 1434.04 (thom exeg) ⟨σκύλων Φρυγίων⟩: μὴ λάβῃς εἰς τὸ σκύλων ἔξωθεν τὸ ἀπό, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡ τοιαύτη γενικὴ πρὸς τὸ ἀγάλματα. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Do not supply from outside ‘apo’ (‘from’) to govern ‘skulōn’ (‘spoils’), but the genitive of this sort goes with ‘agalmata’ (‘adornments’).
POSITION: s.l. except T, marg. Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,10–11
COMMENT: While Thomas’s view directly contradicts that of Moschopulus, the supplying of ἀπὸ is already in the old scholion 1434.01 (and in the next glosses excerpted from it), so it is unsafe to infer that Thomas had Moschopulus’s commentary in view when writing this.
KEYWORDS: Thomas Magister critical of another view
Or. 1434.05 (rec gloss) ⟨σκύλων Φρυγίων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν Τρωϊκῶν —AaMnPrSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὰ ὄντα prep. Mn | τῶν ἀπὸ transp. AaPrSa
Or. 1434.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σκύλων⟩: κούρσων —F2Vd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῶν prep. Vd
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1434.10 (vet exeg) ἐπὶ τύμβον: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τὸν τύμβον, 2τουτέστι τὰ δὲ νήματα ἵετο τῷ πέδῳ διὰ τὸν τύμβον. 3ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ τύμβου τὸ σῶμα τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας δηλοῖ. 4ἀγάλματα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀγάλμασι· 5καλλώπισμα γάρ ἐστιν ἡ κηδεία τοῦ νεκροῦ σώματος. 6ὁ δὲ λόγος· τὰ δὲ νήματα καὶ τὰ λίνα τὰ ἐκ Φρυγίας εἰργάζετο διὰ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας τὸ σῶμα, ἵνα τοῦτο συστείλῃ καὶ κηδεύσῃ αὖθις λαμπροῖς ἱματίοις καὶ φάρεσι πορφυρέοις. —MBC
TRANSLATION: (‘Epi tumbon’ here is) used for ‘because of the tomb’; that is, ‘and the spun threads were being sent toward the ground because of the tomb’. And from the tomb he indicates the body of Clytemnestra. (Accusative) ‘agalmata’ is used for (dative) ‘agalmasi’. For the attention devoted to the dead body is a form of adornment. And the overall sense is: and she was working at making the spun yarn and threads from Phrygia because of the body of Clytemnestra, in order that she (Helen) may cloak this (the body) and mourn for it anew with shining garments and purple-dyed robes.
LEMMA: M(ἐπι)C, ἄλλως in marg. B REF. SYMBOL: M
APP. CRIT.: 1–2 ἀντὶ … τουτέστι om. B | 1 τοῦ om. C | 2 ἵετο] ἵετο ἀντὶ τοῦ κατηπειγμένως ἐχαλᾶτο ἐν B (cf. sch. 1433.05) | πεδίῳ M(πεδί(ω))C | 3 τῆς κλυτ. om. C | 6 συστείλῃ] συστολίσῃ Schwartz | ἱματίοις om. C
APP. CRIT. 2: 5 κηδεῖα M | 6 λῖνα BC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,8–14; Dind. II.310,24–311,3 with app.
COMMENT: Against Schwartz, I keep the paraphrast’s use of συστέλλω to render συστολίζω with a more common word. This paraphrast is interpreting the verb as ‘cloak’ or ‘wrap’ (which pairs well with κηδεύσῃ when the object is taken to be the dead body), unlike the interpreters who offer συνράψαι, ὑφᾶναι and the like to render συστολίσαι, the view accepted by modern commentators.
Or. 1434.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ τύμβον⟩: καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν τάφον τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας —Vd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: app. written twice, one version partially erased
Or. 1435.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀγάλματα⟩: καλλωπίσματα· κόσμος γὰρ τῶν τύμβων τὰ ἀναθήματα. —MCPr
TRANSLATION: (‘Agalmata’, that is,) embellishments. For the dedications are an adornment for tombs.
POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. Pr
APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. Pr
APP. CRIT. 2: καλωπ‑ C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,15
Or. 1435.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγάλματα⟩: καλλωπίσματα —M2AbFRSaVdY2
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2Y2
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F
APP. CRIT. 2: καλλοπ‑ Ab, καλωπ‑ Vd
Or. 1435.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀγάλματα⟩: ἀναθήματα —XXbT+Y2YfGGrCrOxB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1435.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀγάλματα⟩: λαμπρότητας, τρυφάς —ZZaZbZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τρυφάς om. Za
Or. 1435.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨συστολίσαι χρῄζουσα … δῶρα Κλυταιμνήστρας⟩: βουλομένη συνράψαι πορφύρεα ὅπως ἀναθῇ τῷ τάφῳ Κλυταιμνήστρας —Ab
Or. 1435.10 (rec gloss) ⟨συστολίσαι⟩: συνυφᾶναι —MnR
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: συνηφάναι R, συνὑφάναι Mn
Or. 1435.13 (rec gloss) ⟨συστολίσαι⟩: συρράψαι —FPrSaY2
LEMMA: ‑λῆσαι in text all POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F
Or. 1435.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συστολίσαι⟩: καλλωπίσαι —RfrRw
LEMMA: ‑λῆσαι in text Rf POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: καλλωπῆσαι Rfr
Or. 1435.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συστολίσαι⟩: ποικῖλαι —Y2
LEMMA: ‑λῆσαι in text Y POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ποικίλλαι Y2
Or. 1435.16 (recMosch gloss) ⟨συστολίσαι⟩: κατασκευάσαι —PrSaXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
LEMMA: ‑λῆσαι in text PrSaYYf POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1435.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στολίσαι⟩: κοσμῆσαι —VdZmCrOx
LEMMA: thus in text ZmCrOx, συστολίσαι Vd, στολήσαι Ox2 POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdCrOx
Or. 1436.01 (rec exeg) ⟨χρῄζουσα⟩: χρεΐζουσα —M2
TRANSLATION: (‘Chrēizousa’ is derived from the noun ‘chreos’ via the form) ‘chreïzousa’.
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: intermarg.
APP. CRIT. 2: χρείζουσα M2
COMMENT: A few scholia and many lexicographers use the invented form χρεΐζω to explain the derivation of χρῄζω. So this is the likeliest reason for someone in the 12th or 13th century to cite it here. χρείζω as an alternative spelling appears in TLG in a 17th-century author.
Or. 1436.02 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨χρῄζουσα⟩: θέλουσα —AbMnRVdXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmT*Ox
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdOx
Or. 1436.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨φάρεα⟩: λέγω —XaXbXoT+YYfGrVdOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: δη (sic) add. Ox2
Or. 1436.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨φάρεα⟩: ἐνδύματα —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.; cont. from prev. XaXoTYYf
Or. 1436.07 (rec gloss) ⟨φάρεα⟩: ἱμάτια —H4M2F2MnMt2VdCrOx
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdCrOx
Or. 1436.08 (rec gloss) ⟨φάρεα⟩: παννία —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: For παννίον see Lampe and LBG s.v.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1436.10 (rec gloss) ⟨φάρεα⟩: εἰς τὸν *[ —R
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The damaged letter may be iota; there is a smooth breathing above the nu, presumably belonging to a vowel after nu. Thus one cannot restore the expected τύμβον or ταφον.
Or. 1436.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨πορφύρεα⟩: πορφυρᾶ —XaXbXoT+YfGGrVd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ πορφυρᾶ ὄντα Vd
Or. 1436.13 (thom gloss) ⟨πορφύρεα⟩: ὀξέα —ZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: For ὀξύς, ‘dazzling’, associated with πορφύρεος, cf. Constant. Porphyrog. de caeremoniis, CSHB I.519,14–15 εἶτα ἐπιδίδωσιν αὐτὸν ὁ βασιλεὺς μαφόριον ὀξὺν πορφυροῦν.
Or. 1437.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δῶρα Κλυταιμήστρᾳ⟩: ἀναθήματα τῷ τάφῳ τῆς Κλυταιμήστρας —Y2
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1437.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨δῶρα Κλυταιμήστρᾳ⟩: λέγω ὄντα —MnZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὄντα om. ZmGu
Or. 1438.01 (mosch paraphr) προσεῖπε δ’ Ὀρέστας: 1πρὸς τὴν Λάκαιναν δὲ κόρην, ἤγουν τὴν Ἑλένην, εἶπεν ὁ Ὀρέστης, 2‘ὦ παῖ τοῦ Διὸς, ἀποστᾶσα τῆς καθέδρας θὲς τὸν πόδα ἐπὶ τῷ πέδῳ δεῦρο ἐπὶ τὴν ἕδραν τῆς πάλαι κατασκευασθείσης οἰκίας τοῦ Πέλοπος τοῦ προπάτορος, 3ἵν’ εἰδῇς τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους’. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: And Orestes spoke to the Laconian girl, that is, Helen: ‘Oh child of Zeus, move away from your chair and put your foot on the ground (moving) here toward the seat of the long ago established house of your forefather Pelops, so that you may know my words’.
LEMMA: G(ὀρέστης)
APP. CRIT.: 1 δὲ om. X | ἤγουν … Ὀρέστης] εἶπεν ὁ ὀρέστης ἤγουν πρὸς τὴν Ἑλένην XoG
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,12–16
Or. 1438.02 (1438–1439) (mosch paraphr) ⟨προσεῖπε … Λάκαιναν κόραν⟩: πρὸς τὴν Λάκαιναν κόρην εἶπεν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: εἶπε Xa
Or. 1439.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Λάκαιναν κόραν⟩: τὴν Ἑλένην —Mt2Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Mt2
Or. 1439.04 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨Λάκαιναν⟩: τὴν ἐκ Λακεδαιμονίας —CrOxT
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: λακαιδεμ‑ a.c. Cr
Or. 1440.01 (1440–1441) (vet exeg) θὲς ἴχνος πέδῳ: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνάστηθι. 2ἀπαγαγεῖν δὲ αὐτὴν ἐβούλετο ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου τούτου οὗ ἐκάθητο εἰς ἕτερον τόπον, ἐκκλῖναι βουλόμενος τοὺς παρεστῶτας οἰκέτας. 3τούτου οὖν ἀποστᾶσα τοῦ κλισμοῦ ἐλθὲ ἐπὶ τὴν Πέλοπος καθέδραν, ἔνθα εἰώθει διατρίβειν ὁ Πέλοψ. —MBCRf, partial H
TRANSLATION: (‘Put your foot on the ground’ is) equivalent to ‘stand up’. And he wants to lead her away from this place where she was sittting to another spot, wanting to get out of the way the servants standing beside here. So then, (the paraphrase is) ‘leaving this chair, come to the seat of Pelops, where he was accustomed to spend his time’.
LEMMA: BCRf REF. SYMBOL: MBRf
APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦ om. C | 2–3 ἀπαγαγεῖν δὲ κτλ om. H | 2 τούτου om. B | ἐγκλῖναι M | 3 τούτου οὖν] τούτου C, τούτου οὖν φη(σιν) B, τοῦτο οὖν φησὶν Rf | ἤτοι ἔνθα B
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐκκλίναι C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,16–19; Dind. II.311,17–21
Or. 1440.02 (1440–1441) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨θὲς ἴχνος πέδῳ … προπάτορος ἕδραν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνάστηθι ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ Πέλοπος καθέδραν ἐλθὲ ὅπου διέτριβεν ὁ Πέλοψ. —Mtr
APP. CRIT. 2: app. ἐνταῦθεν a.c. Mtr
Or. 1440.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄλλως⟩: ἀποστῆσαι γὰρ αὐτὴν ἤθελε τῶν παρεστώτων θεραπόντων —MCMtr
TRANSLATION: For he wanted to separate her from the attendants standing beside her.
LEMMA: ἄλλως conj. Mastr. (corrupted to preposed words in MC) POSITION: cont. from sch. 1440.01 all
APP. CRIT.: the whole effaced in Mtr, app. deliberately | ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. M, ἀντὶ prep. C | ἤθελε] Münzel, ἤθελον MC, app. Mtr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,20; Dind. II.311,21–22
Or. 1440.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θὲς⟩: θεὶς —Y2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This gloss goes with sch. 1440.13 ἐλθέ (above δεῦρο) to make the logical sequence of the implied paraphrase more prosaic.
Or. 1440.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: τὸν πόδα —XaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: παῖδα a.c. Yf
Or. 1440.06 (thom gloss) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: τὸν σὸν πόδα —ZmGuVd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. VdZm | τὸν πόδα τὸν σὸν Gu (reusing Gr’s τὸν πόδα)
Or. 1440.12 (1440–1442) (rec paraphr) ⟨δεῦρ’ … ἑστίας⟩: ἐλθὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ἕδραν τῆς ἑστίας τοῦ Πέλοπος, τουτέστι τῶν οἴκων. —C
TRANSLATION: Come to the seat of the hearth of Pelops, that is, of his house.
POSITION: intermarg.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἔδραν C
Or. 1440.13 (recTri gloss) ⟨δεῦρ’⟩: ἐλθέ —AaAbMnRY2T+
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The cross before in T is a mistake or has an alternative meaning, since ἐλθέ does not appear in Moschopulus’s paraphrase (sch. 1438.01).
Or. 1440.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀποστᾶσα κλισμοῦ⟩: τοῦτο διὰ μέσου. —VdZm
TRANSLATION: This phrase (‘leaving your chair’) is parenthetic (scil. between ‘hither’ and ‘toward the seat …’).
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1441.01.
KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου
Or. 1440.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀποστᾶσα⟩: χωροῦσα —Ab2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Possibly the scribe intended (ἀπο)χωροῦσα, but the positioning of the gloss leaves this uncertain.
Or. 1440.20 (recMosch gloss) ⟨κλισμοῦ⟩: τῆς καθέδρας —M2AaPrSaXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3a
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2
APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ prep. PrSa, καὶ prep. B3a | τῆς om. M2AaB3a
Or. 1440.21 (recThom gloss) ⟨κλισμοῦ⟩: θρόνου —AbFMnRRfrVdZZbZlZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ prep. TGu, καὶ τοῦ prep. CrOx
Or. 1441.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Πέλοπος ἐπὶ προπάτορος ἕδραν⟩: ἐφερμηνευτικὸν τοῦ δεῦρο. —VdZm
TRANSLATION: (‘To the seat of forefather Pelops’ is) explanatory of ‘hither’ (‘deuro’).
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1440.15.
KEYWORDS: ἐφερμηνευτικόν
Or. 1441.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ προπάτορος ἕδραν⟩: ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ προπάτορος καθέδραν —Ab
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1442.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨παλαιᾶς ἑστίας⟩: τῆς πάλαι κατασκευασθείσης οἰκίας —XaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1443.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ἵν᾽⟩: ὅπως ἢ ὅπου —ZZbZlZmTGuVd
TRANSLATION: (‘Hina’ may mean‚) ‘in order that’ or ‘where’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἢ] καὶ Vd
Or. 1444.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἄγει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἦγεν, τουτέστιν ἐπειρᾶτο ἄγειν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc2Ox2
TRANSLATION: (Present ‘he leads’ is) used for (imperfect) ‘he was leading’, that is, ‘he was trying to lead’.
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἦγεν om. Ox2, ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | ἦγεν τουτέστιν om. Zc | τουτέστιν] ἤγουν G
APP. CRIT. 2: ἦγε XaXoYf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,23
Or. 1444.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄγει⟩: ἔφερε —Y2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ἔφερεν Y2
Or. 1444.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἁ δ’ ἐφείπετ’⟩: ἡ δὲ ἐπηκολούθει —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZb2Ox2
LEMMA: in text ἅδ’/ἅ δ’ all except Xa; ἅδε’ἐφ‑ (sic) Zb POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Ox2; cont. from sch. 1444.01 Ox2
APP. CRIT.: ἡ δὲ] om. Zb2, ἥδε Ox2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,23–24
Or. 1444.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἅδ’ ἐφείπετ’⟩: ἐπηκολούθει δὲ αὕτη —G
LEMMA: thus in text G POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1444.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐφείπετ᾽⟩: ἠκολούθει —AaAbF2MnRfrZZaZb2ZlCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. AaCrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ἠκολούθη Mn
Or. 1445.01 (recMosch gloss) οὐ πρόμαντις: οὖσα δηλονότι —AbFMnPrSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3a
LEMMA: X(om. οὐ) POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: δηλονότι] δῆλον PrSa, om. AbFMnGB3a
APP. CRIT. 2: οὖσ app. B3a
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,25
Or. 1445.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧν ἔμελλεν⟩: παθεῖν —H8AaaAabAbMnRfrGuB3a
POSITION: s.l. (above συνεργὸς Aab) except marg. H8
APP. CRIT.: δηλονότι prep. B3a | δῆλον add. Aab
COLLATION NOTES: One cannot rule out the possibility that Aa3 wrote πάσ[χειν] rather than παθ[εῖν].
Or. 1445.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὧν ἔμελλεν⟩: πείσεσθαι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,25
Or. 1445.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: τῶν κακῶν —Y2CrOx
POSITION: s.l., positioned as if cont. from sch. 1445.07 Y2
Or. 1446.01 (vet exeg) ὁ δὲ συνεργὸς: 1τὸ σύν κατὰ κοινοῦ, 2τουτέστιν ὁ δὲ συνεργὸς συμπράσσων τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, ὁ πονηρὸς ἀνὴρ Φωκεὺς, τοιαῦτα εἶπεν. 3λέγει δὲ τὸν Πυλάδην. —MBCRf
TRANSLATION: The prefix ‘sun’ (of ‘sunergos’) is understood in common (with the following verb ‘eprasse’). That is to say, the collaborator cooperating with Orestes, the wicked Phocian, said such things. And he means Pylades.
LEMMA: B, συνεργός Rf REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: s.l. C
APP. CRIT.: 2 after συνεργὸς add. πυλάδης Rf | τοιαῦτα om. C | 3 πυλ.] ὀρέστην B
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τοῦτέστιν B | εἶπε CRf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,21–23; Dind. II.311,27–29
KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ
Or. 1446.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὁ δὲ συνεργὸς … Φωκεύς⟩: ὁ δὲ συνεργὸς ὁ κακότροπος Φωκεὺς, ἤγουν ὁ Πυλάδης, ἄλλα ἰὼν ἔπραττεν. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: And the evil Phocian collaborator, that is, Pylades, went along and was doing other things.
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: συνεργὸς ὁ om. G | ἤγουν om. G
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀλλὰ Yf | ἔπραττε TG
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,29–312,1
Or. 1446.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁ δὲ συνεργὸς⟩: ὁ Πυλάδης —F2RfrCrOxB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. CrOx | ὁ om. RfrB3a
Or. 1446.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συνεργὸς⟩: ξυνεργὸς —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘sunergos’, ‘collaborator’, there is a variant reading, with alternative spelling) ‘xunergos’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1446.12 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἰὼν⟩: ἐρχόμενος —RZZaZbZlZmTGuVdCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1446.15 (recTri gloss) ⟨Φωκεύς⟩: ὁ Πυλάδης —AaMnRwrSaTZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. RwrT | ὁ om. Mn | δηλονότι add. Zc
Or. 1447.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκποδὼν … κακοὶ Φρύγες⟩: οὐ μὴ πορευθῆτε μακρὰν, ἀλλὰ διηνεκῶς ἐστὲ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ οἱ Φρύγες κακοὶ καὶ ἀπαίδευτοι. —Rw
TRANSLATION: You do not move far away, but always in truth you Phrygians are base and uneducated.
POSITION: follows sch. 1447.05 Rw
Or. 1447.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκποδὼν … κακοὶ Φρύγες⟩: 1τουτέστιν, οὐ μακρὰν ἀπέρχεσθε, ἀλλ’ αἰεὶ ἀπαιδεύτως ἔχετε; 2τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ κακοί. 3ἔλεγε δὲ αὐτοῖς τοῦτο, ὡς δῆθεν Ὀρέστου μυστήριον λέξοντος τῇ Ἑλένῃ, 4ἵνα ἐκποδὼν ἀπελθόντων μόνην συλλάβωσιν αὐτὴν, ὡς μηδενὸς αὐτοῖς ἀνταίροντος. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: That is, ‘do you not go far away, but always you behave in an uneducated way?’ For this (‘uneducated’) is (the sense of) ‘kakoi’ (‘base’). And he was saying this to them, pretending that Orestes was going to tell a secret matter to Helen, in order that once they have moved out of the way they may grab her alone, with no one raising a hand against them.
LEMMA: οὐκ ἐκποδὼν ἴτε all except Gu REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm POSITION: marg. Gu
APP. CRIT.: 1 εὐπαιδ‑ Za | 4 μόνοι T | λάβωσιν Zl
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀπέρχεσθαι Zm | 4 ἵν’ Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,3–6
COLLATION NOTES: In the trimmed left margin of Za beside the middle of this scholion, there is a short note ]η̅ τὸ / ]θεν(?), which perhaps could be restored as σ]η̅ (= σημείωσαι) τὸ [δῆ]θεν. δῆθεν is in fact in the middle line of this scholion and its idiomatic use is worthy of notice, but it must be admitted that θεν is hardly certain.
Or. 1447.03 (vet exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκποδὼν ἴτ’⟩: λείπει τὸ ‘καὶ ταῦτα ἔλεγεν’. —MCPrSa
TRANSLATION: ‘And he was saying the following’ is to be supplied (to introduce the direct speech).
LEMMA: ἐκποδῶν in text MC POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. C, s.l. above φρῦγες ἐκλήϊσε (sic) PrSa
APP. CRIT. 2: ἔλεγε C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,24
COMMENT: Schw. printed λείπει τὸ καὶ τοιαῦτα ἔλεγεν with M as the only witness listed and nothing in the apparatus. Dindorf had printed B’s version (next) and ascribed it to M as well as B, with nothing noted in the app.
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1447.04 (vet exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκποδὼν ἴτ’⟩: λείπει τὸ τοιαῦτα λέγων. —B
TRANSLATION: ‘Saying such things’ is to be supplied (to introduce the direct speech).
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,1–2
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1447.05 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκποδὼν ἴτ’⟩: ἀπὸ τὸ διηγηματικὸν ἔπεσεν εἰς μιμητικὸν. —Rw
TRANSLATION: He shifted from the narrative mode into mimetic mode.
REF. SYMBOL: Rw POSITION: follows out-of-order sch. 1466.01–02 Rw
COMMENT: The scribe slips into vernacular case usage; there is no need to correct to ἀπὸ τοῦ διηγηματικοῦ, although there may once have been a ‘correct’ usage in the earlier history of the note, if it had one. | There is no parallel for ἔπεσεν in connection with the shift from narrative to mimetic mode. Other scholia noting this change use μεταβαίνω, μετέρχομαι, μεταβάλλω, ἀποστρέφω, or omit the verb entirely.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1447.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκποδὼν ἴτ’⟩: λέγων μετὰ ἐπιπλήξεως —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (Supply) ‘saying with indignant reproach’ (to introduce the direct speech).
POSITION: marg. XaXo, s.l. XbYYfG; cont. from sch. 1446.02 TG
APP. CRIT. 2: μετεκπλήξεως Y, μετ’ ἐκπλ. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,14
Or. 1447.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκποδὼν ἴτ’⟩: λέγων δηλονότι —VdZmCrOx
TRANSLATION: (Supply) ‘saying’, obviously (to introduce the direct speech).
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: δηλ. om. CrOx
Or. 1447.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκποδὼν ἴτ’⟩: ἀπέλθετε ἀλλαχοῦ —AbMnR
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀλλαχοῦ om. R
Or. 1447.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐκποδὼν ἴτ’⟩: ἤγουν μακρὰν ἄπιτε —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcF2Ox
POSITION: s.l. except T, cont. from sch. 1447.06 T; punct. as two sep. Xb
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. TYZc
Or. 1447.18 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἴτ’⟩: 1ἴω τὸ πορεύομαι· ὁ δεύτερος ἀόριστος ἴον, ἴες, ἴε, καὶ τὸ προστακτικὸν ἴε, καὶ κατὰ μεταπλασμὸν τοῦ ε εἰς θι καὶ τροπῇ ἴθι ἴτω, ἴτον ἴτον, ἴτε ἴτωσαν. 2μεταπλασμὸς δέ ἐστι μετάθεσις καὶ σχηματισμὸς λήξεως καὶ λέξεως εἰς συγγενὲς τελικὸν τοῦ αὐτοῦ εἴτε ὀνόματος εἴτε ῥήματος· 3ὀνόματος μὲν, οἷον τῷ κλάδῳ τῷ κλαδί, τῷ δένδρῳ τῷ δένδρεϊ, τὼ ὄσσω τὼ ὄσσε, 4ῥήματος δὲ, οἷον ἴε ἴθι, ἔθι ἔσο, κλύε κλῦθι, πῖε πῖθι, ποιοῖμι ποιοίην, καὶ ἕτερα. —Gu2
TRANSLATION: ‘Iō’ meaning ‘I go’: the second aorist is ‘ion, ies, ie’, and the imperative ‘ie’, and with an alteration (‘metaplasmos’) of ‘e’ into ‘thi’ and by conversion (of the ending), ‘ithi, itō, iton, iton, ite, itōsan’. And metaplasmos is the metathesis or alteration of the ending and of the word to a related final syllable of the same noun or verb. Of a noun, for instance in ‘kladōi, kladi’, ‘dendrōi, dendreï, ‘ossō, osse’; of a verb, for instance in ‘ie, ithi’, ‘ethi, eso’, ‘klue, kluthi’, ‘pie, pithi’, ‘poioimi, poioiēn’, and others.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: 4 ποιοῖμι] ποιοίμην Gu2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,7–13
COMMENT: In 4 Gu2’s ποιοίμην is more likely an error than an idiosyncrastic ad hoc derivation of an active form from a middle-passive one, diverging from all the previous examples. Grammarians gave various explanations for conversion of ‑οῖμι to ‑οίην: e.g., Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:2.260.20–29 cites Apollonius Dyscolus for the view that the third person ‑οῖ becomes ‑οίη and the second and first persons are then formed analogically as ‑οίης, ‑οίην.
KEYWORDS: μεταπλασμός
Or. 1447.19 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἴτ’⟩: τὸ θέμα ἴω τὸ πορεύομαι. ὁ β’ ἀόριστος ἴον, ἴες, ἴε, καὶ τὸ προστακτικὸν ἴε, καὶ κατὰ μεταπλασμὸν ἴθι, τὸ δεύτερον τῶν πληθυντικῶν ἴτε. —Trec
TRANSLATION: The base-form is ‘iō’ meaning ‘I go’, the second aorist is ‘ion, ies, ie’, and the imperative ‘ie’, and with an alteration (‘metaplasmos’) ‘ithi’, and the second person plural ‘ite’.
POSITION: add. in upper margin (later than copying by Ta, unless Ta deliberately ignored it)
KEYWORDS: μεταπλασμός
Or. 1447.21 (mosch exeg) κακοὶ Φρύγες: ὡς ματαίως δῆθεν ἐν δειλίᾳ γενομένων τῶν περὶ τὴν Ἑλένην Φρυγῶν, τοῦτο φησίν. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: He says this pretending that the Phrygians around Helen have become fearful for no good reason.
LEMMA: XGr, οὐκ ἐκποδὼν T REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: marg. Xb, intermarg. Y
APP. CRIT.: λέγων μετὰ ἐπιπλήξεως κακοὶ Φρύγες prep. Gr (cf. sch. 1447.06) | ματαία X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,14–15
Or. 1447.25 (recMosch gloss) ⟨κακοὶ⟩: ἤγουν δειλοί —PrSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. PrSaYGZc, app. ἤγουν που Aa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,16
Or. 1447.26 (thom gloss) ⟨κακοί⟩: ἀπαίδευτοι ἐστέ —ZZbZlZmTGuVdY2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | ἐστέ om. Y2CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπέδ‑ Zm, p.c. Vd | ἔσται Zb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,16
COMMENT: See sch. 1447.02.
Or. 1448.01 (1448–1451) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκλήϊσε … διαρμόσας⟩: ἢ τὸ ἔκλεισεν ἐνταῦθα ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, ἢ τὸ διαρμόσας κατὰ συνεχδοχὴν, συννοουμένου καὶ τοῦ ἔκλεισεν. —VdZm
TRANSLATION: Either ‘ekleise’ (‘he shut in’) here is used in common (with the all objects in the next lines), or (the participle) ‘diharmosas’ (‘having separated’) is used by synecoche, with ‘ekleise’ also being understood along with it.
LEMMA: ἐκλήϊσε in text VdZm POSITION: s.l. over 1449 VdZm (Vd completed in margin)
APP. CRIT. 2: συνουμ‑ Vd
KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ | synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν
Or. 1448.02 (1448–1451) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἐκλήϊσε … διαρμόσας⟩: ἐκ τῆς στέγης δὲ ἄλλον ἄλλοσε ἀγαγὼν ἔκλεισεν. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
TRANSLATION: And having led them from the room, one to one place, another to a different, he shut them in.
LEMMA: ἐκκλήϊσε Gr; in text ἐκλήϊσε XoTY, ἐκκλήϊσε XXaXbYfGr) POSITION: s.l. except XGr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,17–18
Or. 1448.03 (1448–1451) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκλήϊσε … διαρμόσας⟩: ἔκλεισε δὲ ἐν τῇ στέγῃ ἄλλον ἄλλοτε ἀγαγὼν ἀπ’ ἄλλου μέρους εἰς ἄλλο. —G
TRANSLATION: He shut them in the room, having led one at one time, another at another time, from one area to another.
LEMMA: ἐκλήϊσε in text G POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1448.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκλήϊσε⟩: γράφεται ἔκλεισε —AaMnZc
TRANSLATION: (For ‘eklēïse’, ‘he shut in’,) the reading (with alternative spelling) ‘ekleise’ is found.
POSITION: marg. Aa, s.l. MnZc
APP. CRIT.: γράφεται om. MnZc
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑σεν Zc
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1448.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐκλήϊσε⟩: ἠσφάλισε —AaAbPrRfrVdZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOxB3a
POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3a
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑σεν ZTGu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,18
Or. 1448.08 (tri metr) ⟨(ἐκλ)ήι(σε)⟩: συνίζησις —T
LEMMA: in text thus with no diaeresis T POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78
KEYWORDS: συνίζησις
Or. 1449.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στέγας⟩: καὶ εἰς τοὺς οἴκους —CrOx
LEMMA: thus in text CrOx POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: εἰς om. Ox
Or. 1449.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στέγας⟩: στέγης —Ox2
TRANSLATION: (For accusative plural ‘stegas’ OR Doric genitive ‘stegas’ there is a variant reading, genitive singular) ‘steges’ (‘room ’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1449.03 (rec exeg) ⟨στέγης⟩: γρ. στέγαις. —AaMn
TRANSLATION: (For ‘stegēs’, genitive singular of ‘room’,) the reading ‘stegais’ (dative plural) is found.
LEMMA: thus in text AaMn POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Aa
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1449.04 (1449–1450) (mosch exeg) ⟨σταθμοῖσιν ἱππικοῖς⟩: τῷ κοινῶς σταύλῳ —XaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Stathmois hippikois’, ‘horse steadings’, is) in vernacular ‘staulōi’ (‘stall’).
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,19
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1449.05 (1449–1450) (recThom gloss) ⟨σταθμοῖσιν ἱππικοῖς⟩: τοῖς σταύλοις —AbMnPrRSaZlZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: R uncertain, mostly effaced | καὶ ἐν prep. Mn, ἐν prep. Ab | τοῖς om. ZlZmGu
COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1392.08.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1449.06 (1449–1450) (pllgn gloss) ⟨σταθμοῖσιν ἱππικοῖς⟩: καὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις σταύλοις —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1449.07 (thom exeg) ⟨σταθμοῖσιν⟩: 1λέγονται σταθμοὶ καὶ οἱ παραστάδαι ὡς κατωτέρω ῥηθήσεται· 2στάθμη δὲ ⟨ … ⟩. —VdZm, partial GuLb
TRANSLATION: Also door-posts are termed ‘stathmoi’, as will be said farther down [1474]. And ‘stathmē’ (lacuna: e.g., is a term for …).
POSITION: marg. VdZm, s.l. Gu
APP. CRIT.: 1 σταθμοὶ λέγονται transp. Lb | οἱ] αἱ Lb (cf. sch. 1474.27 τοὺς παραστάτας) | παραστάδες Lb | 1–2 ὡς κατωτέρω κτλ om. GuLb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,19–20
COMMENT: Presumably the note once continued or was meant to continue with something like σταθμὴ δὲ λέγεται with a different meaning cited.
Or. 1450.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐν ἕδραισι⟩: ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ ἀποπάτου —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOx2
LEMMA: X(‑ιν)Gr; in text ἐν ἐξέδραισι TGZc, a.c. Ox POSITION: s.l. except XGr, above 1449 ἱππικοῖσι G
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ ἀποπάτου] om. Zc, τοῦ ἀπὸ πατηρίου Ox2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,21–22
COMMENT: For ἕδρα with the meaning ‘latrine’ cf. Suda α 4574 … ἕδραι γὰρ λέγονται αἱ σέλλαι, σελλάρια (‘latrine’), σωτήρια … (the same is repeated in ε 264). For ἐξέδρα with the medieval sense ‘latrine, toilet’ see Kriaras s.v. εξέδρα.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1450.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐξέδραισι⟩: ἐφ’ ἧς ἕκαστος ἐκαθέζετο —M
TRANSLATION: (‘Exedra’ is by etymology the thing) upon which each one used to sit.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,25; Dind. II.312,21
COMMENT: If this is an etymology (taking εξ as reduced from ἕκαστος) it not paralleled in the etymological sources; nor is the explanation in the next.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1450.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐξέδραισι⟩: 1εἰς ἃς ἐξέρχονται τὰ ἐκ τῆς ἕδρας καὶ τοῦ πρωκτοῦ κόπρια· ἐξέδρα γὰρ ἡ τὰ ἐξ ἕδρας δεχομένη. 2[ἀ]πὸ τούτ[ου] δὲ ἡ ἀνερχομένη(?) καὶ ἐξοπίσω εἰσερχομένη διέλευσις καὶ ἐξέλευσις. —Zl, partial Zm
TRANSLATION: (‘Exedrai’ are the things) into which the excrement from the fundament and anus comes out. For ‘exedra’ is by (etymology) that which receives the things from (‘ex’) the fundament (‘hedra’). And from this (comes the meaning) the passing through and coming out that comes up(?) and comes in(?) behind.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: 1 εἰς ἃς … δεχομένη mostly washed out Zl (89v top margin, traces app. fitting ἃς ἐξερχονται and κόπρια ἐξ) | 2 ἀπὸ τούτου κτλ om. Zm | εἰσερχομένη] emend to ἐξερχ‑?
COLLATION NOTES: check Zl image when back online
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1450.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἕδραισι⟩: καθέδραις —AbR
LEMMA: thus in text AbR POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καθέδραι Ab
Or. 1450.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξέδραισι⟩: παρακελλίοις —AaFMnPrRwSaGGu
LEMMA: ἕδραισι in text MnRwGr POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῖς prep. PrSa, ἐν prep. GGu, καὶ prep. F
APP. CRIT. 2: παρακελίοις F, a.c. Sa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,22
COMMENT: For παρακέλλιον in the sense ‘latrine’, see LBG s.v.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1450.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐξέδραισι⟩: ἀφοδευτηρίοις —ZZaZbZlZmTGuVd
LEMMA: ἕδραισι in text Gr POSITION: s.l. except marg. Vd, cont. from sch. 1448.01 Vd
APP. CRIT.: ‑τηρίους Vd
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,22
COMMENT: See DGE and LBG s.v. ἀφοδευτήριον.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1451.01 (mosch paraphr) τοὺς δ’ ἐκεῖσ’ ἐκεῖθεν: ἀπ’ ἐκείνου τοῦ μέρους εἰς ἐκεῖνο —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
LEMMA: XGr POSITION: s.l. except XGr
APP. CRIT.: ἀπ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸ μέρος Y (μέρους p.c. Y) | εἰς ἐκεῖνον XaY
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,22–23
Or. 1451.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἄλλον ἄλλοσε⟩: ἄλλον ἀπ’ ἄλλου μέρους εἰς ἄλλο —XXbT+GGr
POSITION: marg. Xb, s.l. T, intermarg. G (beside 1449)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,23–24
Or. 1452.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨διαρμόσας ἄπο πρὸ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πόρρωθεν προσαρμόσας καὶ συγκλείσας —M
LEMMA: ἄπο πρὸ in text M POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ συγκλείσας] cf. sch. 1452.01, συγκλείσ(αν)(τες) M (misread as συγκλείσας ἐστί (comp.) by Dind.)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312, app. at 25
Or. 1452.05 (thom gloss) ⟨διαρμόσας⟩: κλείσας —ZZbZmTGuVd
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,28
Or. 1452.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨διαρμόσας⟩: διαχωρίσας —AbFKMnPrRRfrSaVdZZaZbZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 1452.09 with ἢ ZZbZmTGu
APP. CRIT.: ἢ prep. Vd, καὶ prep. FCrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: διαχώρησας RZZaCrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,28–313,1
Or. 1452.07 (mosch gloss) διαρμόσας: χωρίσας —XaXbXoT+YYfGaGbGrZc
LEMMA: διαρμόσας ἀπόπρο δεσποίνας G POSITION: s.l. except Ga
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,28
Or. 1452.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διαρμόσας⟩: διαστήσας —AaGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,28
Or. 1452.09 (thom gloss) ⟨διαρμόσας⟩: ἀσφαλίσας —ZZbZlZmTGuVd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀφανίσας Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,28
COMMENT: Although Zl sometimes produces idiosyncratic variations, ἀφανίσας is best regarded as a corruption. The usual meaning of ἀφανίζω in the younger scholia is ‘kill’, which is inappropriate here.
Or. 1452.11 (vet exeg) ἀπόπρο δεσποίνας: 1πόρρωθεν. 2τὸ δὲ διαρμόσας ἀντὶ τοῦ προσαρμόσας καὶ συγκλείσας. || 3ἀπὸ τοῦ διαρμόσας τὴν ἀδιάλειπτον παραμονὴν τῶν οἰκετῶν ἐσήμανεν ἣν εἶχον μετὰ τῆς δεσποίνης. —MBC, partial Mtr
TRANSLATION: (‘Apopro’, that is,) ‘far from’. And ‘diharmosas‘ is equivalent to ‘prosharmosas’ (‘having attached closely to’) and ‘sungkleisas’ (‘having shut in together’). || By using ‘diharmosas’ he indicated the servants’ unbroken attendance that they had with their mistress.
LEMMA: B; in text ἄπο πρὸ M REF. SYMBOL: MB
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντι τοῦ prep. Mtr | 2 τὸ δὲ … συγκλείσας om. Mtr | τοῦ om. C | 3 after ἀπὸ add. δὲ Mtr, after διαρμόσας add. δὲ B | ἐσήμ. τῶν οἰκετῶν transp. Mtr
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τόδε C | 3 ἢν Mtr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,26–28; Dind. II.312,25–27
COMMENT: The third sentence reflects the (correct) interpretation of διαρμόσας as ‘separating’ (also in several glosses, sch. 1452.06–08), while the second reflects an interpretation that makes the participle reinforce ἔκλεισε/ἔκλῃσε, giving the prepositional prefix the opposite of its meaning. One may wonder whether there was once a note saying τὸ διαρμόσας ἐναντίον τῷ προσαρμόσας, which could have been corrupted to διαρμόσας ἀντὶ τοῦ προσαρμόσας.
Or. 1452.13 (mosch exeg) ἀπόπρο: ἄπωθεν, κατ’ ἐπίτασιν τῆς εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν πορείας. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Apopro’ means) ‘far away’, with an intensification (through the element ‘pro‑’) of the movement forward.
LEMMA: XT, ἀπόπρο δεσποίνας Gr POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYYf; cont. from sch. 1452.07 G
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T
APP. CRIT. 2: ἄποθεν G, a.c. Xo | εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,1–2
Or. 1452.14 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: γρ. ἄπο πρό, δηλούσης τῆς πρό τὸ ἐκτός. —ZmGuVd
TRANSLATION: (For ‘apopro’ as a single word) the reading (as two words) ‘apo pro’ is found, with the preposition ‘pro’ expressing ‘outside, apart’.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,2–3
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1452.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: πόρρω —M2RCrOx
LEMMA: in text ἄπο πρὸ M, ἄπο,προ (sic) R, ἄποπρο CrOx POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1452.18 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: μακρὰν —FMnPrRfrSaVdZZaZlZmTGGuB3a
LEMMA: in text ἄποπρο Mn, ἀπόπροθι Sa POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: μακρί B3a
COMMENT: Perhaps B3a’s μακρί is a vernacular form for medieval μακρία/μακρέα; cf. Modern Greek μακριά.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1452.19 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸ⟩: γρ. πρὸς. —Mn
TRANSLATION: (For ‘pro’, ‘before, in front of’,) the reading ‘pros’ (‘from’) is found.
LEMMA: ἄποπρο in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1453.01 (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβος —T
TRANSLATION: As a separate unit, an iambic trimeter.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78
Or. 1453.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨τί τοὐπὶ τῷδε … ἐγίγνετο;⟩: τί τῆς συμφορᾶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ ποία συμφορὰ κατὰ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐγένετο; —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (The construction is) ‘what of happening’, used for ‘what event occurred in the aftermath?’
LEMMA: τί τοὐπὶ τῷδε Gr POSITION: s.l. except XGr
APP. CRIT.: τί … ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | κατὰ τὸ om. Y (but κατ add. below συμφ. Y)
APP. CRIT. 2: κατατομετατοῦτο XXa, κατὰ τὸ μετατοῦτο XbTG
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,4–5
Or. 1453.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί τοὐπὶ τῷδε … ἐγίγνετο;⟩: τί μετὰ ταῦτα τῷ οἴκῳ συνέβη; —Aa
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1453.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨τί τοὐπὶ τῷδε … ἐγίγνετο;⟩: τί ἐγένετο μετὰ ταῦτα; —AbMn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: μετὰ ταῦτα transp. to beginning Ab
APP. CRIT. 2: τὶ Ab
Or. 1453.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί τοὐπὶ τῷδε … ἐγίγνετο;⟩: τί ἐγένετο ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς διηγήσεως(?); —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl when images back
Or. 1453.07 (rec gloss) ⟨τί … συμφορᾶς⟩: ποία —Rfr
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Shortened form of ποία συμφορά, as used in sch. 1453.02.
Or. 1453.08 (vetThom gloss) ⟨τοὐπὶ τῷδε⟩: μετὰ ταῦτα —MF2RPrSaY2ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l. except marg. M
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. R, τὸ prep. F2Y, ἤγουν prep. ZZbZlZmT | ταύτας Za
APP. CRIT. 2: μεταταῦτα PrZZbT
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,29; Dind. II.313,5
Or. 1453.11 (rec gram) ⟨τοὐπὶ τῷδε⟩: [Ephes. 2:20,1–2] ‘ἐπὶ τῷ θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ προφητῶν’ τὴν δευτέραν σχέσιν δηλοῖ. —Rw
TRANSLATION: (The quotation) ‘in addition to the foundation of the apostles and prophets’ demonstrates the second position (in a sequence, as conveyed by ‘epi’, ‘in addition to, on top of, after’).
REF. SYMBOL: Rw
COMMENT: The full quotation is Paul, Ephes. 2:20,1–2 ἐποικοδομηθέντες ἐπὶ τῷ θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ προφητῶν. This example of usage and the following remark fit oddly together, since ἐπὶ in the quotation does not mean ‘in addition to’. The phrase δευτέραν σχέσιν δηλοῖ is found a few times elsewhere in reference to the use of ἀνα‑ in compounds to indicate doing something again.
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Paul, Ephesians
Or. 1453.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐγίνετο⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐγένετο —R
TRANSLATION: (The imperfect ‘egineto’, ‘was happening’, is) used for (the aorist) ‘egeneto’ (‘happened’).
POSITION: s.l.
TRANSLATION: The present strophe too is monostrophic (without responsion), and (it consists) of twenty-six cola. The first is a dactylic or anapaestic hepthemimeres, because it consists of spondees. The second is a brachycatalectic anapaestic dimeter. The third is a similar (anapaestic) acatalectic dimeter. The fourth is anapaestic similar to the second. The fifth is a brachycatalectic trochaic dimeter, which is called ithyphallic. The sixth is a catalectic trochaic trimeter having a synizesis in the third foot. The seventh is an acatalectic iambic dimeter. The eighth is a trochaic penthemimeres. The ninth is a catalectic antispastic trimeter formed from a diiamb, an antispast, and a cretic. The same colon might also be a compound formed from a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter and a trochaic penthemimeres. The tenth is a pure trochaic hephthemimeres. The eleventh is a pure hypercatalectic iambic dimeter. The twelfth is a brachycatalectic trochaic trimeter, called a Stesichorean, (but) having the Pindaric behavior, namely the last foot as an iamb. If it is not acatalectic—for such is the Stesichorean—, it is not at all surprising. The thirteenth is iambic, similar to the seventh. The fourteenth is trochaic, similar to the tenth. The fifteenth is a catalectic antispastic dimeter formed from an antispast and a dactyl. The sixteenth is an acatalectic anapaestic dimeter with the second foot a choreius; but if you prefer that ‘iachen’ have a long initial vowel, since the first syllable of an imperfect tense is augmented, the colon could be a hypercatalectic trochaic dimeter with the second and third feet dactyls. It might also be a catalectic ionic a maiore trimeter formed from a ditrochee, a second paeon in place of an ionic, and a molossus. The seventeenth is a brachycatalectic trochaic trimeter; but if you prefer, a compound formed from a trochaic ithyphallic and an anapaestic or dactylic basis. The eighteenth is a compound formed from an iambic penthemimeres and a anapaestic basis. The nineteenth is a brachycatalectic iambic trimeter with the second foot a choreius and the fourth an anapaest; but if you prefer, an acatalectic antispastic trimeter formed from a second paeon, an antispast, and a diiamb because of the indifferent final syllable. The twentieth is a trochaic ithyphallic with the second and third feet chorei. The twenty-first is a Euripidean trochaic hephthemimeres. The twenty-second is an iambic penthemimeres. The twenty-third is an iambic, like the seventh. The twenty-fourth is an iambic trimeter. The twenty-fifth is a catalectic dactylic trimeter that ends in a two-syllable foot. The twenty-sixth is a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter. At the end a paragraphos, and as an insertion (within the lyric) an iambic trimeter line.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T POSITION: cont. over the next two pages, with ref. symbols to link parts, T
APP. CRIT.: 5, 17, 20 ἰθυφαλικ‑ T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.24,11–25,10; de Fav. 78–79
COMMENT: The Pindaric variation on the Stesichorean is mentioned in the old metrical scholia on Pindar and referred to as Πινδαρικὸν ἀπὸ/ἐκ Στησιχορείου or as Στησιχόρειον τῷ Πινδαρικῷ ἰδιώματι. The description used here is found in Triclinian metrical scholia on Aeschylus and Aristophanes as well as on the Euripidean triad. Note that in colon 23 Triclinius’s idiosyncratic spelling of ἀρβύλλαν with two lambdas was not motivated by the meter. Was this an unintentional slip rather than a choice? (Ta reproduced ἀρβύλλαν; Gu changed Gr’s ἀρβύλην into ἀρβύλλαν.)
KEYWORDS: Pindar | συνίζησις | Εὐριπίδειον (colon)
Or. 1454.02 (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων κς´ —T
TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of twenty-six cola.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 79
Or. 1454.03 (vet exeg) Ἰδαία μᾶτερ: 1Ἴδη ὄρος ἐστὶ Τροίας ἔνθα τετίμηται ἡ Ῥέα. 2ἴσως οὖν ὡς ἐγχωρίαν θεὸν ἐπικαλεῖται αὐτὴν ὁ εὐνοῦχος. —HaHbMBCPrRfSa
TRANSLATION: Ida is a mountain of Troy where Rhea was honored. Perhaps, then, the eunuch invokes her as a god of his locality.
LEMMA: MB, ἰδαῖα μάτερ ὀβρίμα C, ἰδαῖα μηρ Rf; REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: twice in H, Ha before sch. 1454.18, Hb after it
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐστὶ om. CPrSa [HaHb] | [τρ]οίως (sic) δὲ ἔ[νθα ἡ ῥέα] τιμᾶ[ται] Hb suggested by Daitz, but [νθα ἡ ῥέα] seems too short a supplement (perhaps [νθα ἡ θεὰ ῥέα]) | ἔνθα] ἐν ἧ PrSa [Ha] | 2 ἴσως οὖν ὡς] ὡς οὖν PrSa [HaHb] | ἐγχώριον PrSa [Ha] | θεὰν PrSa, θεοῦ Rf [HaHb] | αὐτὴν] ταύτης Rf [Ha]
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,1–2; Dind. II.313,7–8
Or. 1454.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰδαία μᾶτερ⟩: 1κυρίως Ἴδη ὄρος Τροίας ἔνθα τετίμηται ἡ Ῥέα. 2ὡς ἐγχωρίαν θεὸν ἐπικαλεῖται αὐτὴν ὁ εὐνοῦχος. 3Ἴδαίαν ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀρεινὴν· 4ἐν γὰρ τοῖς ὄρεσι φασὶ διατρίβειν. 5ὀβρίμαν διότι λέουσιν ἐποχεῖται. 6καὶ Ἀνταῖα καλεῖται. —Y2
TRANSLATION: Properly speaking, Ida is a mountain of Troy where Rhea was honored. The eunuch invokes her as a god of his locality. ‘Idaean’ is equivalent to ‘of the mountains’, for they say she (Rhea) spends her time on the mountains. ‘Mighty’ (‘obriman’) because she is carried (in a chariot drawn) by lions. She is also called Antaea.
COMMENT: See sch. 1454.18 with comment there.
KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name
Or. 1454.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἰδαία μᾶτερ⟩: ὦ Ῥέα μῆτερ τοῦ Διὸς ἡ ἐν Ἴδῃ τῷ ὄρει ἀναστρεφομένη —AbR
TRANSLATION: O Rhea, mother of Zeus, you who haunt Mount Ida.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐν τῶ ἴδη R | τὸ ὄρος Ab | ἀναστρεφόμενος R, ἀνατροφομένη Ab
APP. CRIT. 2: μήτηρ AbR | Ἴδῃ] ἤδη Ab | ὅρει R
Or. 1454.06 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἰδαία μᾶτερ⟩: ἡ τιμωμένη ἐν τῇ Ἴδῃ τῶν θεῶν μήτηρ Ῥέα —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Idaean mother’, that is,) the mother of the gods Rhea who was honored on Mt. Ida.
POSITION: s.l.; as two sep. TGu
APP. CRIT.: τῶν θεῶν μήτηρ om. Zm (but cf. sch. 1454.16) | μήτηρ om. ZbTGu (TGu with τῶν θεῶν ῥέα punct. as sep.) [Zl]
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,16
COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl when images back
Or. 1454.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰδαία μᾶτερ⟩: τὸ Ἰδαία μᾶτερ ὀβρίμα ὦ θεὰ Ῥέα(?) τιμωμένη ἐν τοῖς Φρυξὶν οὕτω καλουμένη. —Zl
TRANSLATION: ‘Mighty Idaean mother’ (means) ‘o goddess Rhea honored among the Phrygians, called by this name’.
REF. SYMBOL: Zl
COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl when images back
Or. 1454.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰδαία μᾶτερ⟩: τὴν Ῥέαν λέγει. —FMt2CrOx
TRANSLATION: (By ‘Idaean mother’) he means Rhea.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1454.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰδαία μᾶτερ⟩: Ῥέα, ἥτις ἐν Ἴδᾳ ἐτιμᾶτο. —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Idaean mother’ is) Rhea, who was honored on Ida.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1454.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰδαία μᾶτερ⟩: ὦ Ῥέα, Ἄρτεμι —G
TRANSLATION: (‘Idaean mother’ is) ‘o Rhea’, (or) ‘Artemis’.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Artemis is associated with wild places in general and hunts on mountains (e.g. Phoen. 151–152 ἁ κατ’ ὄρη μετὰ ματέρος [scil. Atalante] Ἄρτεμις), but there are no passages where she is explicitly associated with Mt. Ida. Perhaps G was thinking of Ἰδαία as meaning generically ὀρεινή (see sch. 1454.18 and the Homeric scholion cited there), in which case Artemis makes some sense (if one ignores μᾶτερ).
Or. 1454.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μᾶτερ μᾶτερ⟩: ὦ τῶν θεῶν ἢ τοῦ Διός —Vd
TRANSLATION: (‘Mother mother’, that is,) ‘o (mother) of the gods’ or ‘of Zeus’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1454.16 (thom gloss) ⟨μᾶτερ⟩: τῶν θεῶν —Zm
LEMMA: μᾶτερ once in text Zm POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1454.06.
Or. 1454.18 (vet exeg) ὀβρίμα ὀβρίμα: 1ὀβρίμαν αὐτήν φησιν ἐπεὶ λέουσιν ὀχεῖται· 2ἢ ὅτι ἐνίσταται τοῖς αὐτῇ συντυγχάνουσιν. || 3μέλλων διηγεῖσθαι ὁ Φρὺξ ἅπερ ἐτεθέατο ἔνδον, τὴν Ῥέαν ἐπικαλεῖται ὡς ἀλεξίκακον. 4Ἰδαίαν δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀρεινήν· 5ἐν γὰρ τοῖς ὄρεσι διατρίβειν φασὶ τὴν θεόν. 6ὀβρίμαν δὲ τὴν ἰσχυρὰν καὶ φοβεράν. || 7ὁ δὲ λόγος· φεῦ φεῦ τῶν ἀνόμων κακῶν, ὦ μῆτερ Ῥέα, ἅπερ τεθέαμαι ἔνδον κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους. 8καλεῖται δὲ καὶ Ἀνταία· 9τοῖς Φρυξὶ γὰρ ὑπαντῶσι φοβερά ἐστιν. —MBC, partial HPrSa
TRANSLATION: He calls her ‘mighty’ (‘obrima’) because she is carried (in a chariot drawn) by lions. Or because she blocks the way of (or: threatens, presses hard) those who meet up with her. || When the Phrygian is about to narrate the things he had seen inside, he invokes Rhea as one who wards off evil. And (he says) ‘Idaean’ in the sense ‘of the mountains’, for they say the goddess spends her time on the mountains. And (he calls her) ‘mighty’ (‘obrima’) meaning ‘strong and fearsome’. || And the overall sense is: Pheu, pheu for the lawless evils, o mother Rhea, that I saw inside within the house’. And she is also called Antaea, for she is terrifying to the Phrygians when they confront (‘hupANTōsi’) her.
LEMMA: MC; ὀμβρ‑ in text Sa REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: cont. from sch. 1454.10, add. δὲ, BPrSa
APP. CRIT.: C partly washed out or abraded | 1 ὀβρίμαν om. C, ὀμβρίμων PrSa | αὐτήν] αὐτόν PrSa | λέουσιν] λέγουσι PrSa | 2 ἐνίσταται om. PrSa | αὐτοῖς PrSa | 3–9 om. PrSa | 3 μέλλων … ἔνδον] ὁ φρὺξ H | μέλλων δὲ B | 4 ἰδαίαν δὲ (and τοῦ?) app. om. H | 5 τὸν θεόν C | 6–9 ὀβρίμαν κτλ om. H | 7 τῶν] ἡ τῶν MC (Schw.: ‘= ἕνεκα τῶν?’) | ἀνόμων] ἀλόγων Arsen. (MeMuPh, edd. through Matthiae)
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 αὐτὴν φησὶν BC | λέουσι M | 2 συντυγχάνουσι B | 7 ἀνταῖα MC | 8 ἐστι B, perhaps C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,4–11; Dind. II.313,9–15
COMMENT: For Ἰδαία having a generic sense ὀρεινή, cf. Sch. D. Hom. Il. 4.475 Heyne Ἴδη δὲ ὄρος ὑψηλότατον Τροίας. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἑτέρα Ἴδη τῆς Κρήτης, ἀπὸ τῆς διαθρεψάσης τὸν Δία νύμφης. Δίδυμος [p. 180, #7 Schmidt = F 75 C.–Pr.] δὲ πάντα τὰ ὄρη Ἴδας λέγει, ἀπὸ τοῦ δύνασθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν πλεῖστα καθορᾷν. | Apart from lexicographic entries, the epithet Ἀνταία/ἀνταία is also found in Sophocles (TrGF fr. 400 Radt, if this line is by Sophocles), Apoll. Rhod. 1.1141. On explanations of its sense, compare, e.g., Sch. Ap. Rhod.1.1141 (p. 103,6–7 Wendel) ἡ Ῥέα οὕτω λέγεται, διότι ἐναντία τοῖς Τελχῖσιν ἐγένετο. ὡς δέ τινες, ἀνταίη ἡ εὐάντητος καὶ εὐλιτάνευτος; Et. Gen. α 911 ἡ Ῥέα ὅτι τοῖς Τελχῖσιν ἐναντία ἐγένετο· παρὰ τὸ ἄντην Ἀνταία. Μεθόδιος; Et. Magn. 388,37–42 εὐάντητος: ἡ Ῥέα· ἀνταίαν γὰρ αὐτὴν ἐκάλουν, διὰ τὸ δυσάντητον εἶναι καὶ τοῖς ἀπαντῶσιν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι δυσχεραίνειν. τὸ Νικαδίου ὑπόμνημα Θεοφορουμένης· κατ’ εὐφημισμόν· δυσάντης γάρ ἐστι καὶ ὀργίλη τοῖς ἀντιάζουσιν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι. τὸ Ἀρτίου· σημαίνει δὲ καὶ τὸν εὐϊκέτευτον· ἀντέσθαι γὰρ τὸ ἱκετεῦσαι. | See also sch. 1454.10.
KEYWORDS: Didymus
Or. 1454.19 (thom exeg) ὀβρίμα: 1ἱστοροῦσι γὰρ αὐτὴν ἐποχουμένην λέουσιν· ὅθεν καὶ πρὸς αὐτὴν ποιεῖται τὸν λόγον, ὡς φοβερὰ ἰδών. 2καὶ οὗτος μὲν ὡς Φρὺξ τὴν παρὰ Φρυξὶ τιμωμένην θεὰν ἐπιβοᾶται. 3οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι πάντες Ἡρακλῆν τὸν Διὸς, λέγοντες ἐπὶ τοῖς παραπίπτουσι δυσκόλοις ἀεὶ, ὦ Ἡράκλεις. 4ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα, καὶ μαρτυρεῖ τὸ Ἄπολλον ἀποτρόπαιε. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (“Mighty’,) for they tell stories of her as being carried (in a chariot drawn) by lions. For this reason (her might) in fact he addresses her, since he has seen terrifying things. And this character, as a Phrygian, cries out to the goddess honored among Phrygians. But all others (invoke) Heracles son of Zeus, always saying when difficult things befall them ‘O Heracles’. And some people also (invoke) Apollo, and the (invocation) ‘apotropaic Apollo’ testifies (to this practice).
LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm, at μᾶτερ Gu POSITION: cont. from sch. 1454.07 Zl
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἤγουν ἰσχυρά prep. T | λέουσιν ἐποχ. transp. Zl | after ἰδὼν add. καὶ ὡς ἰσχυρὰν [ἐπι]καλούμενος(?) Zl | 3 πάντες] ἕλληνες T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,17–22
COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl when images back
Or. 1454.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀβρίμα ὀβρίμα⟩: 1νυκτερινὴν θεὰν ἐπικαλεῖται τὴν Ῥέαν. 2λέγει ταύτην ἀλεξίκακον ἵνα ἀποβήσῃ τὸν φόβον ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ. —PrSa
TRANSLATION: He invokes Rhea as a goddess of the night. He calls this goddess warder-off of evil in order that she make his fear depart from him.
LEMMA: ὀμβρ‑ ὀμβρ‑ in text Sa REF. SYMBOL: at 1452 ἀπόπροθι δεσποίνας (one line too high) Pr POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: 1 νυκτερινὴ θεὰ Pr | 2 perhaps ἀπο⟨σο⟩βήσῃ Mastr. | φόβον] app. φόνον a.c or p.c. Pr
COMMENT: The notion that Rhea is associated with the night is probably drawn from knowledge of Pind. P. 3.77–79 ἀλλ’ ἐπεύξασθαι μὲν ἐγὼν ἐθέλω / Ματρί, τὰν κοῦραι παρ’ ἐμὸν πρόθυρον σὺν Πανὶ μέλπονται θαμά / σεμνὰν θεὸν ἐννύχιαι. | It is doubtful whether the medieval author of this note would have used the intransitive aorist of ἀποβαίνω. The juncture φόβον ἀποσοβεῖν is attested once in Theophanes continuatus p. 134,11–12 Bekker καὶ πρὸς τὸν πατρίκιον Κωνσταντῖνόν φησι, τὴν ὑφέρπουσαν ὥσπερ αὐτοῦ δειλίαν καὶ φόβον ἀποσοβῶν.
Or. 1454.23 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὀβρίμα⟩: ἰσχυρὰ —M2AaFMnPrRfSaVdXXaXbXoYYfGGrZbZlZmTZcOx2
LEMMA: in text ὀμβρ‑ SaYZbVd POSITION: s.l. except X, under line, last of page, M2
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FVd | ἰσχυρὸν MnVd
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,22
Or. 1454.25 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὀβρίμα⟩: φοβερά —XXaXbXoTYYfGGrZcOx2
POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 1454.23 X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,22
Or. 1455.01 (recThom gloss) ⟨φονίων παθέων⟩: ἕνεκα —AaKMnPrZlZmZcCrOxB3d
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἕνεκεν CrOx | τῶν add. K
Or. 1455.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨φονίων⟩: τῶν φονικῶν —XXaXbXoTYYfGGrVd
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd | τῶν om. G | φονικῶν om. Y, add. Y2
APP. CRIT. 2: φωνικῶν X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,23
Or. 1455.04 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἀνόμων⟩: παρανόμων —Gu2TVd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῶν prep. Vd
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,24
Or. 1455.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: παθῶν(?) —F2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: very faint, traces look like πολλῶν
Or. 1456.02 (recMosch gloss) (first) ἔδρακον: εἶδον —AbMnRXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrOx
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,25
Or. 1456.04 (thom gloss) ⟨(first) ἔδρακον⟩: ἐθεασάμην —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAa2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,25
Or. 1456.05 (tri metr) ⟨(first) ἔδρακον⟩: koinē long over epsilon —T
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 79
Or. 1456.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδρακον⟩: καὶ ἔπραξαν —F
LEMMA: ἔδρακον once in text F POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This ascription of ἔδρακον to δράω seems to unique. The apparently similar form ἐδράκεισαν in Joannes Antiochenus fr. 119.4 FHG IV.584 Müller] οἱ δὲ ἔπασχον ἅπερ ἐδράκεισαν is a pluperfect without reduplication; note, however, that the word is printed as ἐδεδράκεισαν without note in the newer edition of Joannes Antiochenus, fr. 203,73 (p. 346 Roberto).
Or. 1456.08 (tri metr) ⟨(second) ἔδρακον⟩: koinē long over epsilon —T
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 80
Or. 1456.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨τυράννων⟩: βασιλέων —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrVdCrOx
POSITION: s.l. except marg. X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῶν prep. CrOx
Or. 1457.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀμφιπορφυρῶν πέπλων⟩: ἔνθεν ἄρχεται ἐξηγεῖσθαι. —MBC
TRANSLATION: From this point he begins to narrate (what happened).
REF. SYMBOL: C (only at text, not at note) POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B
APP. CRIT.: ἐντεῦθεν C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,12; Dind. II.314,4
COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1400.01.
Or. 1457.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀμφιπορφυρέων⟩: 1τὸ ἀμφιπορφυρέων ἢ ἓν μέρος λόγου νόει· ἀμφιπόρφυρα γὰρ ἱμάτια φαμὲν τὰ ὁλοπόρφυρα, ὥσπερ καὶ ἀμφίχρυσα τὰ ὁλόχρυσα. 2ἢ τὸ ἀμφί πρὸς τὸ σπάσαντες νοητέον, ἵν’ ᾖ ἀμφισπάσαντες ἀντὶ τοῦ περιλαβόντες. 3ἢ τὸ ἀμφί ἔμφασιν ἔχει διὰ τὴν Ἑλένην, οὕτως· 4ἀμφὶ τὴν Ἑλένην δηλονότι σπάσαντες καὶ λαβόντες ξίφη ὑπὸ σκότου τῶν πορφυρέων πέπλων, ἤγουν ἃ ὑποκάτω τῶν ἱματίων κεκρυμμένα εἶχον, ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἄλλος ἄλλοσε δίνασεν. 5ἢ τὸ ἀμφί πρὸς τὸ ἐν χερσίν, ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ ἀμφί καὶ τὸ ἐν ἐκ παραλλήλου. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Either interpret ‘amphiporphureōn’ as a single unit of speech: for we call garments ‘amphiporphura’ those that are ‘entirely purple-dyed’ (‘holoporphura’), just as too ‘amphichrusa’ those that are ‘entirely golden’ (‘holochrusa’). Or one must interpret ‘amphi’ as going with ‘spasantes’, so that it is ‘amphispasantes’ meaning ‘grasping all around’ (‘perilabontes’). Or ‘amphi’ has its meaning on account of Helen, as follows: around, namely (around) Helen, drawing and grasping swords from the darkness of purple-dyed robes, that is, (swords) that they had been concealed beneath their garments, they whirled them in their hands, one man in one direction, the other in another. Or ‘amphi’ goes with ‘en chersin’ (‘in hands’), so that (the prepositions) ‘amphi’ and ‘en’ are in parallel (conveying the same meaning).
REF. SYMBOL: ZaZlZm
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἑνὸς μέρους Gu | ὥσπερ] ὡς ZZa | 3–4 οὕτως … ἑλένην om. Zl | 4 κεκρυμμένα om. Gu | 5 ἢ τὸ ἀμφί πρὸς … παραλλήλου] om. T | first ἐν om. Zm | second ἐν] ἓν ZmGu
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀμφιπορυρέων with ὑφ’ ἕν arc under ιπ T | ὀλοπόρφυρα … ὀλόχρυσα Zm | 2 ἀντὶ τοῦ περὶ s.l. add. p.c., prob. καὶ in line a.c. Zm (anticipating phrase in 4) | 4 ὑπὸ κάτω T | κεκρυμένα Zm
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,26–314,2
COMMENT: One can assume that Triclinius’s omission of the sent. 5 was deliberate. Zl’s omission may also be deliberate, since Thoman scholia in Zl are frequently modified, but the omission could also be accidental by saut du même au même.
KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου
Or. 1457.04 (vet gloss) ⟨ἀμφιπορφυρῶν⟩: τῶν πορφυρῶν —MC
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῶν perhaps om. C (damage)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,13
Or. 1457.07 (tri metr) ⟨(ἀμφιπορφυρ)έων⟩: συνίζησις —T
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 80
KEYWORDS: συνίζησις
Or. 1457.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀμφὶ⟩: ἀπὸ —FRfVdXXaXbXoYYfGrMt2B3a
LEMMA: ἀμφιπορφυρῶν in text F POSITION: s.l., above end of πορφ. Vd
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,2
Or. 1457.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πορφυρέων⟩: ἐρυθρῶν —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Recheck Zl when images back
Or. 1457.14 (1457–1458) (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ σκότου ξίφη σπάσαντες⟩: κρατήσαντες τὰ ξίφη τὰ ὑποκάτω τοῦ σκότου τοῦ γινομένου ὑπὸ τῶν πορφυρέων πέπλων. —Rw
TRANSLATION: Grasping the swords that were beneath the darkness created by the purple-dyed robes.
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: In the first word of the scholion, the rubricator misread the somewhat ambiguous ατ of Rw as ωτ and wrote a large red ἐ across the small kappa of Rw, producing the nonsensical ἐρωτήσαντες. For κρατήσαντες as a gloss on σπάσαντες see sch. 1458.05.
Or. 1457.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ σκότου⟩: γρ. ὑπὸ σκότους. —Y2
TRANSLATION: (For ‘hupo skotou’) the reading ‘hupo skotous’ is found (with alternative declension, having the same meaning, ‘from darkness’).
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1457.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπὸ σκότου⟩: τουτέστι κρυφίως —AaAbFMnPrSaYZmB3a
POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. Y
APP. CRIT.: τουτέστι] PrSaY, ἀντὶ τοῦ Ab, ἤγουν AaZm, καὶ F, om. MnB3a | κρυφίας Ab
Or. 1457.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπὸ σκότου⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ σκοτασμοῦ —Rf
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,3 (misread)
Or. 1457.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὑπὸ σκότου⟩: ἀπὸ ἀφανίας —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ] XXaXbGr (cf. next), ὑπὸ XoTYfGuZc, καὶ τῆς CrOx, om. Y
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀφανείας XoYCrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,3
Or. 1458.01 (rec gloss) ⟨σπάσαντες⟩: λαβόντες —FPrSaY2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FCrOx
Or. 1458.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σπάσαντες⟩: καὶ ἐκβαλόντες —Vd
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Possibly a corruption of ἐκλαβόντες by a familiar anagrammatic process, but in medieval Greek βάλλω and its compounds are very common in glossing any verb of causing motion.
Or. 1458.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨σπάσαντες⟩: σπασάμενοι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ξίφη prep. X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,5
Or. 1458.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σπάσαντες⟩: περιλαβόντες —Gu2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,5–6
COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1457.03, sent. 2.
Or. 1458.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄλλος ἄλλοσε⟩: ἤγουν ποτὲ μὲν ὁ εἷς, ποτὲ δὲ ὁ δεύτερος —Zm
TRANSLATION: That is, at one time the one man, at another time the second.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This paraphrase fits ἄλλος ἄλλοτε, which is neither in Zm nor reported from any other witness.
Or. 1459.02 (rec gloss) ⟨δίνασεν⟩: συνέστρεψεν —M2AbPrSa
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2
APP. CRIT.: συνέστρε() M2 (ambig. whether this or next)
Or. 1459.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨δίνασεν⟩: συνέστρεφεν —FRfY2ZZbZlZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FCrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑φε RfZlCr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,7
Or. 1459.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨δίνασεν⟩: ἔστρεψεν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Xa
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑ψε G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,7
Or. 1459.07 (mosch etaGloss) ⟨δίνασεν⟩: δίνησεν —XaXbXaXbTYYfGr
POSITION: s.l. except Xa, prep. to sch. 1459.05 Xa
Or. 1459.09 (rec exeg) ⟨μή τις παρὼν τύχοι⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μὴ παρῇ —Rf
TRANSLATION: (‘Mē tis parōn tuchoi’, ‘lest anyone happen to be present’, is) equivalent to ‘mē parēi’ (‘lest [anyone] be present’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1459.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨παρὼν τύχοι⟩: ἔτυχε παρὼν, ἀντὶ τοῦ παρείη —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Parōn tuchoi’, that is,) ‘etuche parōn’ (‘happened to be present’), used for ‘pareiē’ (‘might be present’).
POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,8
Or. 1459.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τύχοι⟩: τύχῃ —Gu
TRANSLATION: (For optative ‘tuchoi’ there is a variant reading, subjunctive) ‘tuchēi’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1459.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τύχῃ⟩: τύχοι —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For subjunctive ‘tuchēi’ there is a variant reading, optative) ‘tuchoi’.
LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1460.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὀρέστεροι⟩: τῷ ὄρει στρεφόμενοι —PrSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Pr
Or. 1460.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὀρέστεροι⟩: ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἀναστρεφόμενοι —AaGu2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,10
Or. 1460.05 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὀρέστεροι⟩: ἄγριοι —AbF2MnRRfZZaZbZlZmZuTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,11
Or. 1460.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὀρέστεροι⟩: ὀρεινοὶ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,10
Or. 1461.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀντίοι σταθέντες⟩: ἐναντίον, ἔμπροσθεν στάντες —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Xo
APP. CRIT.: ἐναντίον om. XaYGZc | στάντες om. Zc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,12
Or. 1461.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀντίοι⟩: ἐξεναντίας —MnPrSaVdZbZlCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξ ἐν‑ PrOx
Or. 1462.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐννέπουσι⟩: λέγουσι —F2PrRSaVdGZlCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdCrOx
Or. 1462.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐννέπουσι⟩: εἶπον —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,13
Or. 1462.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατθανῇ κατθανῇ⟩: καὶ μέλλεις ἀποθανεῖσθαι —Vd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: μελλ’ εἰς Vd
Or. 1462.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨κατθανῇ κατθανῇ⟩: ἀποθανῇ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcF2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἂς prep. Y2, καὶ prep. CrOx | ἀποθανῆς CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,13
Or. 1463.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κακός σ᾽ ἀποκτείνει πόσις⟩: ὁ σὸς ἀνὴρ ὁ κακότροπος ἀποκτείνει σε. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ὁ δειλὸς add. above κακότροπος Y2 (cf. sch. 1463.05)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,14–15
Or. 1463.02 (thom exeg) ⟨κακός⟩: κακῶς —Za
TRANSLATION: (For adjective ‘kakos’, ‘bad’, there is a variant reading, adverb) ‘kakōs’ (‘badly’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1463.03 (thom exeg) ⟨κακῶς⟩: κακός —ZZm
TRANSLATION: (For adverb ‘kakōs’, ‘badly’, there is a variant reading, adjective) ‘kakos’ (‘bad’).
LEMMA: thus in text ZZm POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1463.09 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀποκτείνει⟩: γράφεται ἀποκτενεῖ. —M
TRANSLATION: (For ‘apokteinei’, ‘he kills’,) the reading ‘apoktenei’ (‘he will kill’) is found.
REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,14; Dind. II.314,14
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1464.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κασιγνήτου … θανεῖν γόνον⟩: τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ τὸν υἱὸν ἐγκαταλιπὼν ἐν τοῖς Ἀργείοις ὥστε θανεῖν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (Paraphrase:) having abandoned his brother’s son among the Argives so that he will be put to death.
POSITION: s.l. except XT; cont. from sch. 1463.01 T
APP. CRIT.: after ἐγκαταλιπὼν add. ὁ μενέλαος G | θανῆ a.c. Yf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,16–17
Or. 1464.02 (thom gloss) ⟨κασιγνήτου⟩: τοῦ οἰκείου ἀδελφοῦ —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: οἰκείου] ἰδίου ZZa | ἀδελφοῦ om. Gu
Or. 1464.09 (rec gloss) ⟨θανεῖν⟩: ὥστε —AaMnMtPrSa
POSITION: s.l. (misplaced above κατθανῆ two lines earlier Mn)
Or. 1464.11 (recTri gloss) ⟨γόνον⟩: τὸν υἱόν —AbMnTZlCrOx
POSITION: s.l. (misplaced above κατθανῆ two lines earlier Mn)
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1464.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γόνον⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην —B3a
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,18
Or. 1465.04 (pllgn etaGloss) ⟨ἅδε⟩: καὶ ἥδε —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἥδε erased by Ox2, who also changed text to ἣ δε
Or. 1465.05 (recThom etaGloss) ⟨ἁ⟩: ἡ —RZZmTB3d
LEMMA: ἅ in text R POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: δὲ add. Z
Or. 1465.08 (vetMosch gloss) ⟨ἴαχεν⟩: ἐβόησεν —HAa2AbMnRXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | ἐβόησας H (unless ας is a damaged enlarged εν sign)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,19
COLLATION NOTES: check H new images
Or. 1465.10 (thom gloss) ⟨ἴαχεν⟩: ἀνεβόησε μεγάλως —ZlGu2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,19
Or. 1465.12 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὤμοι μοι⟩: λέγουσα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. (above ἴαχεν ἴαχεν G)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,19–20
Or. 1465.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὤμοι μοι⟩: ἡ μετὰ θρήνου βοή —Zl
TRANSLATION: (The exclamation ‘ōmoi moi’ is) the loud cry with lamentation.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1466.01 (1466–1467) (rec exeg) ⟨λευκὸν δ’ ἐμβαλοῦσα … μελέαν πλαγάν⟩: 1στηρίξασα δὲ τὸν στερρὸν πῆχυν ἐν τοῖς στέρνοις ἤγουν τὸν ἀγκῶνα ἑδραιώσασα ἐν τοῖς στήθεσιν, ἐκτύπησεν ἤγουν ἔτυψε τὴν κρᾶτα πληγὴν ἀθλίαν. 2τὸ δὲ ἔπληξε καὶ τὸ πληγὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀποτελέσματος· 3ἕπονται γὰρ ταῖς τύψεσιν αἱ πληγαί. —Rw
TRANSLATION: Fixing her firm arm on her chest, that is, seating her elbow on her breasts, she made ring, that is, she struck, her head a wretched blow. The terms ‘she struck’ (‘eplēxe’) and ‘blow’ (‘plēgēn’) (get their meaning) from the result, for the marks of a blow (‘plēgai’) follow upon striking actions (‘tupsesin’).
POSITION: (along with the next) between sch. 1411.01 and 1447.05 Rw
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 στ of στερρ(ὸν) oddly formed, perhaps π written under it Rw | ἐδρ‑ Rw | κράτα Rw
COMMENT: Τύψις and πληγή are normally regarded as synonymous, and I find no parallel for the distinction this commentator attempts to draw here and in the next. It is true, however, that τύψις cannot refer to the resulting mark or wound, whereas πληγή can; this meaning is not distinguished in LSJ and the only citation for it in BDAG (Xen. Cyn. 10.5) refers to marks left on a branch by a boar’s teeth, but see Lampe s.v. πληγή, and in modern Greek Triantafyllidis s.v. gives τραύμα, έλκος as definitions.
Or. 1466.02 (rec exeg) ⟨λευκὸν δ’ ἐμβαλοῦσα … μελέαν πλαγάν⟩: βάλ⟨λ⟩ειν ἤγουν εἰσάγειν, ἐμβάλλειν. ἕπεται τῇ τύψει πληγὴ, εἴσαξις τοῦ πράγματος ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τέλους. —Rw
TRANSLATION: To throw, that is, to bring in, to cast in. A blow (‘plēgē’) follows the act of striking (‘tupsei’), (‘plēgē’ being) the introduction of the very thing which exists from the final result.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1466.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨λευκὸν δ’ ἐμβαλοῦσα … μελέαν πλαγάν⟩: τὰς λευκὰς δὲ χεῖρας ἐμβαλοῦσα τοῖς στέρνοις, ἤγουν συναγαγοῦσα ἐπὶ τῶν στέρνων, ὡς σύνηθες ταῖς γυναιξὶν, ἔπαισε τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀθλίαν πληγήν. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: Having put her white hands on her chest, that is, bringing them together upon her chest, as is customary for women, she struck her head a wretched blow.
POSITION: s.l. except XGr
APP. CRIT.: τῶν στέρνων] τοῖς στέρνοις Gr
APP. CRIT. 2: συναγαγῶσα a.c. Y | ἔπεσε X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,21–23
Or. 1466.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λευκὸν ἐμβαλοῦσα πῆχυν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκτείνουσα τ[ὴν] χεῖρα τὴν λευκή —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1466.05 (tri gloss) ⟨λευκὸν … πῆχυν⟩: τὰς λευκὰς χεῖρας —TGuZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὰς om. Gu
Or. 1466.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐμβαλοῦσα πῆχυν⟩: ἑδραιώσα(σα) †ἐπὶ† τοὺς ἀγκῶνας —Y2
REF. SYMBOL: Y2 POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1466.01. Here either ἐπὶ is to be deleted, or the scribe omitted τοῖς στέρνοις after ἐπὶ.
Or. 1466.15 (1466–1467) (vet exeg) ⟨στέρνοις κτύπησε κρᾶτα⟩: μετὰ τῶν στηθῶν καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐκτύπησεν. —HMBCMtrPrSaGu2
TRANSLATION: Together with her breasts, she also made her head ring (with blows).
LEMMA: in text κράτα MCPrSa POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. PrSaGu2 (in two parts PrSa)
APP. CRIT.: δηλ(ονότι) prep. Gu2 | ἐκτύπ. καὶ τὴν κεφ. transp. Gu2 | καὶ and ἐκτύπησεν om. Sa
APP. CRIT. 2: στήθων C | ‑πησε Pr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,15; Dind. II.314,24
COMMENT: This exegesis assumes that the bare dative στέρνοις is equivalent to ἐπὶ (τοῖς) στέρνοις with ἐπὶ meaning ‘in addition to’. Perhaps the interpreter is improperly extending the usage seen in a phrase like φόνῳ φόνος (cf. sch. 816.16).
Or. 1466.16 (1466–1467) (rec exeg) ⟨στέρνοις κτύπησε κρᾶτα⟩: μετὰ τῶν στηθῶν εἰς τὴν κεφαλὴν —Rfr
TRANSLATION: Together with her breasts, to her head.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1466.18 (rec gloss) ⟨στέρνοις⟩: ἐν τοῖς —MnGu
POSITION: s.l. (misplaced above πῆχυν in prev. line Mn)
Or. 1466.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στέρνοις⟩: καὶ ἐν τοῖς στήθοις —Vd
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Vowel-declension forms from στῆθος (στήθου, στήθῳ, στήθοις) are attested in the medieval period: see TLG and LBG s.v. στῆθος, ὁ.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1467.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨κρᾶτα μέλεον⟩: εἰς τὴν κεφαλὴν τὴν ἀθλίαν —Mn
LEMMA: in text κράτα Mn POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1467.07 (recMosch artGloss) ⟨κρᾶτα⟩: τὸ —KAa2XXaTYYfGrB3a
LEMMA: in text κράτα Aa POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. K
Or. 1467.10 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μέλεον⟩: ἀθλίαν —AbRXXaXbT+YYfGrZlCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1467.12 (tri exeg) ⟨πλαγάν⟩: πλαγᾷ —T
TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘plagan’, ‘blow’, there is a variant reading, dative) ‘plagāi’ (‘with a blow’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1467.13 (recMosch etaGloss) ⟨πλαγάν⟩: πληγήν —AbRMtXXaXbXoYfGrB3d
LEMMA: in rext πληγάν AbR POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab
Or. 1467.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πλαγᾷ⟩: καὶ ἐν πληγῇ καὶ λύπῃ —F
LEMMA: thus in text p.c. F POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1468.01 (1468–1472) (mosch paraphr) φυγᾷ δὲ ποδί: 1φυγῇ δ’ ἔφερε τὸ ἴχνος τοῦ ποδὸς τὸ χρυσεοσάνδαλον. 2ὁ Ὀρέστης δὲ προφθάσας τὸν δρόμον αὐτῆς, ἐμβαλὼν τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ δακτύλους εἰς τὰς κόμας αὐτῆς, 3τῇ ἀριστερᾷ χειρὶ ἀναστρέψας τὴν δέρην ἔμελλεν εἴσω τοῦ λαιμοῦ παίειν τὸ μέλαν ξίφος. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGaGr, partial GbZc
TRANSLATION: In flight she bore along the golden-sandaled track of her foot. But Orestes, getting ahead of her running, forcing his own fingers into her hair, with his left hand twisted her neck upward and was about to strike the black sword into her throat.
LEMMA: Ga POSITION: s.l. Gb
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔφερον X | 2–3 ὁ ὀρέστης κτλ om. GbZc | 2 ὁ om. Ga | ἑαυτοῦ] ἑαυτῆς Xo | 3 ἀνατρέψας Ga | μέλαν om. Ga
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δὲ Yf | χρυσοσάνδαλον Ga | 3 λεμοῦ Xa | μέλλαν Gr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,26–30
COMMENT: Recognizing the peculiar idiom in ἀρβύλαν προβάς (see Mastronarde 1994: 378 with refs.), the older scholia understand ἀρβύλαν as Orestes’ footwear and paraphrase accordingly. Moschopulus and Thomas, however, take προβάς as meaning προφθάσας, and ἀρβύλαν προβάς as ‘getting ahead of, cutting off, Helen’s movement or path’. So here προφθάσας τὸν δρόμον αὐτῆς serves to clarify ἀρβύλαν προβάς, 1470.27 provides the single word gloss προφθάσας, and for Thomas see sch 1470.03.
Or. 1468.02 (1468–1469) (vet exeg) φυγᾷ δὲ ποδί: ἡ Ἑλένη, φησὶ, διαναστᾶσα φυγῇ τὴν σωτηρίαν πορίζεται. —HMBCMtrPrSa
TRANSLATION: Helen, he says, separating herself (from him) in flight, tries to procure safety.
LEMMA: B, φυγῆ δὲ ποδὶ Rf; in text φυγῶι M, perhaps H REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: marg. MSa, s.l. Pr
APP. CRIT.: πορίζεται] ἐπορίζετο HMtr, ἐνεστηρίζετο PrSa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,16; Dind. II.314,31–315,1
Or. 1468.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φυγᾷ δὲ ποδὶ⟩: καὶ †εὐφημ() —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The final mu is suspended and has an extra stroke that could be either a flourish or a circumflex. The latter would apparently imply εὐφημεῖ. Since CrOx have many misplaced glosses, one may wonder whether this once went with 1465 ἀνίαχεν, but that seems unlikely. Another possibility is that εὐφημισμός is meant, but such a label should not have καὶ, and there is no euphemism to be detected in the context.
Or. 1468.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ποδὶ⟩: ποσὶν(?) —R
TRANSLATION: (For singular ‘podi’, ‘with foot’, there is a variant reading, plural) ‘posin’, ‘with feet’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: very faint
Or. 1468.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ποδὶ⟩: τοῦ ποδὸς, ἀντὶ πληθυντικῶς —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (Dative ‘podi’, ‘foot’, to be interpreted as used for genitive) ‘of the foot’, (singular being used) in place of plural.
POSITION: s.l., above μέλεον … δὲ in previous line Pr
Or. 1468.09 (recTri gloss) ⟨ποδὶ⟩: ποδός —AaFMtPrRfY2TGuB3d
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,1
Or. 1468.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρυσεοσάνδαλον ἴχνος⟩: τὸν πόδα τὸν χρυσᾶ καλύγια φοροῦντα —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: καλλύγια Ox
COMMENT: See sch. 140.43.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1468.12 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸ χρύσεον ἀμβαλὼν⟩: [γρ.(?)] τ[ὸ] χρυσεοσάμβαλον —H
TRANSLATION: For ‘to chruseon ambalōn’, ‘having lifted up(?) the golden’,) the reading ‘to chruseosambalon’ (‘the golden-sandaled’) is found.
LEMMA: thus in text H REF. SYMBOL: H
COMMENT: Daitz prints [τὸ] / χρυσεοσάμβαλον: as the last words of sch. 1468.02, where it makes no sense. I see a trace of the tau of τὸ before χρυσ‑ and thus there is room in the lost trimmed margin of the previous line for scholion-ending punctuation after H’s ἐπορίζετο and perhaps γρ(άφεται) beginning the new note. Even without γρ(άφεται) it can be taken as a correction of the odd version in the text.
COLLATION NOTES: check H new image
Or. 1468.13 (thom paraphr) ⟨χρυσεοσάνδαλον⟩: τὸ χρυσοῦν σανδάλιον φοροῦν —ZlZmGu2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,1–2
Or. 1468.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρυσεοσάνδαλον⟩: χρυσοκάλκι[ον] —F2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Ad hoc formation (unattested elsewhere) from κάλκιος = calceus, see LBG s.v. κάλκιος.
KEYWORDS: rare word | Byzantine or vernacular word/form.usage
Or. 1468.15 (rec gloss) ⟨χρυσεοσάνδαλον⟩: καλήγ(ιον) —RfB3a
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: See sch. 140.43.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1468.18 (vet exeg) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: ὅ [ἐστι] πατ[ή]τιον. —H
TRANSLATION: (‘Ichnos’,) which is to say ‘the footprint’.
COMMENT: | Lampe gives ‘footmark’ as a definition of πατήτιον, but I have been unable to verify his reference. Nevertheless, the word is best interpreted here as explaining ἴχνος.
Or. 1469.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κόμας⟩: τὰς τρίχας —F2Vd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd
APP. CRIT. 2: τρύχας Vd
Or. 1470.02 (recMoschThom gloss) δικὼν: ἐμβαλὼν —AaFPrSaVdXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*CrOxB3d
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdCrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐμβαλῶν F
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,5
Or. 1470.09 (1470–1472) (vet exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλαν προβὰς … μέλαν ξίφος⟩: 1τὸν πόδα φησίν. || 2ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑποδήματος τὸν πόδα δηλοῖ. 3τὸ δὲ δικών ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκτείνας καὶ βαλών. 4ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης, φησὶ, παραχρῆμα προβὰς τὸν πόδα ἐξέτεινε τὴν χεῖρα καὶ λαβόμενος τῆς κόμης ἔμελλεν αὐτὴν παίειν τῷ ξίφει. —MBC
TRANSLATION: (By ‘arbulan’, ‘boot’) he means ‘his foot’. || From the footwear he signifies the foot. And ‘dikōn’ (‘having thrown’) is used for ‘having stretched out’ and ‘having thrust’. And Orestes, he says, moving his foot forward immediately, was stretching out his hand, and grasping her hair he was about to strike her with his sword.
REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: cont. from sch. 1460.11 B, prep. μυκηνίδα δὲ ἀρβύλην
APP. CRIT.: 2 ἀπὸ γὰρ B | 3 τοῦ om. C | βαλών] λαβὼν MC | 4 κόμης Matthiae, κώπης MBC
APP. CRIT. 2: 4 παρὰ χρῆμα C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,19–22; Dind. II.315,7–8 and 3–5
Or. 1470.10 (1470–1472) (vet exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλαν προβὰς … μέλαν ξίφος⟩: 1ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑποδήματος τὸν πόδα δηλοῖ. 2ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης, φησὶ, παραχρῆμα προβὰς τὸν πόδα ἐξέτεινε τὴν χεῖρα θέλων σφάξαι αὐτὴν τῷ ξίφει. —HMtr
TRANSLATION: From the footwear he signifies the foot. And Orestes, he says, moving his foot forward immediately, was stretching out his hand, wanting to slaughter her with his sword.
APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦ δήματος Mtr | 2 προσβὰς H | καὶ add. before τὴν χεῖρα Mtr | σφάξαι] παῦσαι Mtr
Or. 1470.11 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλαν προβὰς⟩: λείπει τὸ ποδί. —MC, app. H
TRANSLATION: (With ‘moving his boot forward’) the phrase ‘with (his) foot’ is to be understood.
POSITION: s.l. H, below the line M
APP. CRIT.: λείπει] app. δ(ια) M | τὸ] τῶ C, app. om. H(?)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,18; Dind. II.315,10
COMMENT: The compendium in M is somewhat ambiguous. A horizontal stroke is clearly written here under the diagonals, and this does not occur in M’s usual sign for λείπει (as in sch. 1447.03, 1511.03, 1516.01 on nearby pages). But because this lower stroke is separated from the diagonals above, the diagonals look like a lambda. Hence Dindorf reported λείπει, and Daitz also asserts that M attests λείπει, while Schwartz read M as διὰ (by a familiar error for the compendium for λείπει). τὸ is represented in M by a small suspended tau; it cannot be verified in H on Daitz’s image, and it is also hard to make out ποδί on that image.
COLLATION NOTES: check H new image
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1470.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλαν⟩: τὸν πόδα, ἤγουν τὸν δρόμον —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc
TRANSLATION: (‘Boot’ here means) ‘(her) foot’, or ‘(her) running’.
LEMMA: μυκηνίδα X; in text ‑λην Gr, ‑λλαν T POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Zc
APP. CRIT. 2: app. πόδαν Y, πόδα Y2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,8
Or. 1470.13 (thom exeg) ἀρβύλαν: τὸ γυναικεῖον ὑπόδημα ἤτοι τὸν πόδα αὐτῆς ἀπὸ μέρους. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Boot’ here means) ‘feminine footwear’, or ‘her foot’ (thus expressing the whole) from a part.
LEMMA: T(‑λλαν, as in text TGu) POSITION: s.l. except T
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | τὸ om. ZZa | ἤτοι] ἢ Gu | ἀπὸ μέρους om. Zl | τὸ πᾶν add. Gu
APP. CRIT. 2: γυναικείον Gu | ὑπόδυμα T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,9
COMMENT: See on sch. 1468.01.
KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν
Or. 1470.16 (vet gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλαν⟩: ὑπόδημα —HAbMn
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Daitz interpreted traces before this gloss as φ(ησι), but could it be a ref symbol?
COLLATION NOTES: check H new image
Or. 1470.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλαν⟩: καὶ τὸ καλύγιον —Vd
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: See sch. 140.43.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1470.22 (rec gloss) ⟨προβὰς⟩: προβαλὼν —AbFPrSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F | προλαβὼν AbF
Or. 1470.27 (mosch gloss) ⟨προβὰς⟩: προφθάσας —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3a
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Y
APP. CRIT.: τὸν δρόμον αὐτῆς add. G (cf. sch. 1468.01, 1470.14)
APP. CRIT. 2: προφάσας X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,10
Or. 1471.01 (vetMosch exeg) ⟨ὤμοις ἀριστεροῖσιν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τῇ ἀριστερᾷ χειρί —MBCAaPrSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
TRANSLATION: (The dative of ‘left shoulder’ is) used for ‘with his left hand’.
POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. others except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] MBPrAa, ἀντὶ C, om. others | χειρὶ τῇ ἀριστ. transp. G | τῇ om. MAaPrSa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,23; Dind. II.315,11
COMMENT: Modern interpreters more plausibly take the phrase as meaning ‘upon/toward the left shoulder’, but disagree about whose shoulder is meant. Willink and Medda take it to be Helen’s (cf. the next gloss), while West and Kovacs both translate ‘his left shoulder’.
Or. 1471.05 (moschThom gloss) ⟨ἀνακλάσας⟩: ἀναστρέψας —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZbZlZm, app. F2
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀνατρέψας G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,12
Or. 1471.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀνακλάσας⟩: ἀνακλίνας —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,12
Or. 1471.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνακλάσας⟩: ἀνανεύσας —Gu2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,12
Or. 1472.01 (recThom gloss) ⟨παίειν⟩: ἐμβάλλειν —AbFKMnRfSaZZaZbZlZmTGuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: αὐτὸς prep. Ab (corruption of ἀντὶ τοῦ abbrev.?)
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐμβάλειν FZb, app. Zl, ἐμβαλεῖν Mn, app. ἐμβάλλ(εις) Rf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,13
Or. 1472.03 (thom exeg) ⟨λαιμὸν … εἴσω⟩: ὥσπερ ἐστὶ τὸ [Hom. Il. 1.71 etc.] ‘Ἴλιον εἴσω’ ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὴν Ἴλιον, οὕτω καὶ τὸ λαιμὸν εἴσω ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὸν λαιμόν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Just as ‘Ilion eisō’ (in Homer) is equivalent to ‘eis tēn Ilion’ (‘to Ilion’), so too ‘laimon eisō’ is equivalent to ‘eis ton laimon’ (‘into the throat’).
LEMMA: λαιμῶν in text Gr REF. SYMBOL: Zl; ση() above εἴσω and above scholion Za POSITION: ὥσπερ ἐστὶ τὸ Ἴλιον s.l. Zb, remainder in marg. beside 1471–1472
APP. CRIT.: first εἴσω om. Zb | οὕτω] οὔτε Z
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,14–15
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 1472.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λαιμὸν … εἴσω⟩: 1τοῦ εἴσω ἀντὶ τῆς εἰς προθέσεως λαμβανομένου, ὡς καὶ τὸ ἀνάπαλιν εὕρηται· 2ὁ γὰρ ποιητὴς οὗτος τὴν εἰς πρόθεσιν ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ δράματι ἀντὶ τοῦ εἴσω λαμβάνων φησὶ [Phoen. 451] ‘τόνδ’ εἰσεδέξω τειχέων’. —ZlGu
TRANSLATION: (The adverb) ‘eisō’ (‘inside’) being used in place of the preposition ‘eis’ (‘into’), just as the reverse is also found. For this poet, using the preposition ‘eis’ in the third drama (of the Byzantine triad) in place of ‘eisō’, says ‘eisedexō teixeōn’ (‘you received this man within the walls’).
LEMMA: λαιμῶν in text Gr POSITION: marg. Gu; cont. from prev. Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,15–18
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Phoenissae
Or. 1472.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λαιμὸν … εἴσω⟩: Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος —Zm
TRANSLATION: Emulation of Homer (in the use of ‘eisō’).
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: Homer as model/Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος
Or. 1472.07 (recTri exeg) ⟨λαιμὸν⟩: λαιμῶν —MnPrT
TRANSLATION: (For accusative singular ‘laimon’, ‘throat’, there is a variant reading, genitive plural) ‘laimōn’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1472.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λαιμῶν⟩: τοῦ (sic) —G
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Apparently a terse equivalent of τοῦ λαιμοῦ, adapting the previous.
Or. 1472.15 (rec gram) ⟨εἴσω⟩: τὸ σ̅ω̅ κατ’ ἐπέκτασιν —PrSaB3a
TRANSLATION: The ending ‘sō’ (of ‘eisō’ is formed) by epektasis (‘lengthening of a word’, that is, of preposition ‘eis’).
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: σ̅ω̅] ω̅ B3a
Or. 1472.16 (rec gram) ⟨εἴσω⟩: ἐπέκτασις τοῦ ω̅ —Mn
TRANSLATION: Epektasis (‘lengthening of a word’, that is, of ‘eis’), consisting of ‘ō’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1472.17 (recThom gloss) ⟨εἴσω⟩: εἰς —AaKRwVdZZb2ZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Aa2 apparently rewrites the faded ink of Aa here.
Or. 1472.23 (vet exeg) ⟨μέλαν⟩: τὸ μελανθησόμενον —MBC
TRANSLATION: (‘Black’ in the sense) ‘about to be darkened’.
POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,24; Dind. II.315,18–19
Or. 1472.24 (thom exeg) ⟨μέλαν⟩: μεμελανωμένον ἢ τὸ σιδηροῦν, ἢ τὸ παρεκτικὸν σκότους —ZlZmGu2
TRANSLATION: (‘Black’, that is,) having been blackened, or made of iron, or that which causes darkness.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: μεμελανωμένον ἢ τὸ] ἢ ὡς ZlGu2 | (second) ἢ τὸ] ἢ ὡς ZlGu2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,19–20 (Gu version)
COMMENT: For σιδηροῦν here, cf. sch. 821.08, 821.11 (both Thoman), Sch. vet. Phoen. 1091 μελάνδετον ξίφος: μέλαιναν λαβὴν ἔχον κερατίνην. ἢ σιδηρᾶν· Ἡσίοδος [Op. 151]· ‘μέλας δ’ οὐκ ἔσκε σίδηρος’.
Or. 1472.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέλαν⟩: ἤγουν τὸ μαῦρον —Ox
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Hesiod
Or. 1473.01 (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβος —T
TRANSLATION: As a separate unit, an iambic trimeter.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.25,11; de Fav. 80
Or. 1473.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ποῦ δῆτ’⟩: ὑπήρχετε —AbF2MnPrRf
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὑπάρχομεν Mn, ὑπηρχ() Ab
Or. 1473.04 (recMoschThom gloss) ποῦ δῆτ’: ἦσαν —KXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*
LEMMA: X(δῆτα) POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ὥστε om. KXZcZZbZlZm
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,21
Or. 1473.06 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἀμύνειν⟩: ὥστε —AaAbKMnRXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZcZaT*
POSITION: s.l.; cont. from sch. 1473.04 XbXoT, perhaps Xa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,21
COLLATION NOTES: Aa2 supplements the faded ink of Aa here.
Or. 1473.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμύνειν⟩: εἰς τὸ βοηθῆσαι —PrY2
POSITION: s.l. (over στέγας φρύγες Pr)
APP. CRIT.: εἰς τὸ om. Y2 | βοηθεῖτε Pr
Or. 1473.10 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀμύνειν⟩: βοηθεῖν αὐτῇ —ZZaZbZlTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,21
TRANSLATION: The present strophe too is monostrophic (without responsion) just like the ones discussed previously, and (it consists) of thirty-eight cola. The first is a brachycatalectic iambic trimeter with the first foot an anapaest. The second is a pure acatalectic iambic trimeter. The third is similar. The fourth is a similar (iambic) acatalectic dimeter. The fifth is like the second and third. The sixth is a compound formed from an iambic penthemimeres and a similar anapaestic measure. The seventh is a trochaic ithyphallic. The eighth is an acatalectic paeonic trimeter formed from two first paeons and a baccheius. The ninth is an iambic (trimeter) like the second, with the fifth foot a choreius. The tenth is a pure hypercatalectic trochaic dimeter. The eleventh is a brachycatalectic anapaestic dimeter with the second foot a choreius. The twelfth is a similar (anapaestic) hypercatalectic dimeter with the second foot a dactyl. The thirteenth is a dactylic tetrameter with the third foot a proceleusmatic of four shorts. The fourteenth is an acatalectic anapaestic dimeter with the third foot a proceleusmatic. The fifteenth is a similar pure anapaestic (dimeter). The sixteenth is an anapaestic basis. The seventeenth is an iambic (dimeter) like the fourth. The eighteenth is an iambic trimeter like the second. The nineteenth is a trochaic ithyphallic with the first foot a choreius. The twentieth is a one-and-a-half measure choriambic formed from a choriamb and an iamb. It could also be a trochaic penthemimeres with a dactyl beginning it. The twenty-first is a brachycatalectic ionic trimeter formed from a fourth paeon in place of an ionic a minore, a diiamb, and a trochee. The twenty-second is a trochaic hephthemimeres with the second foot a choreius. The twenty-third is a catalectic antispastic trimeter formed from a first epitrite, a diiamb, and a baccheius. The twenty-fourth is an iambic trimeter similar to the second with the fourth foot an anapaest; for the Ionians remove the epsilon from the diphthong ‘ei’ where necessary because of the meter. The twenty-fifth is an iambic (dimeter) similar to the fourth. The twenty-sixth is a similar (iambic) hephthemimeres. The twenty-seventh is is an acatalectic anapaestic dimeter with the third and fourth feet chorei; but if you prefer, a catalectic ionic a maiore trimeter formed from an ionic, a first paeon, and a choreius or anapaest because of the indifferent final syllable. The twenty-eighth is an iambic (hephthemimeres) similar to the twenty-sixth. The twenty-ninth is an acatalectic dactylic tetrameter; but if you prefer, an anapaestic dimeter, for there are four spondees. The thirtieth, the thirty-first, and the thirty-second are trochaic penthemimeres. The thirty-third is an iambic (hephthemimeres) similar to the twenty-sixth. The thirty-fourth is an iambic trimeter like the second, having its first foot an anapaest. The thirty-fifth is an acatalectice iambic dimeter formed from four chorei. The thirty-sixth and thirty-seventh are brachycatalectic anapaestic dimeters. The thirty-eighth is a Euripidean trochaic hephthemimeres, with the first and second feet chorei. At the end two diplae, one at the beginning of the colon, one at the end, indicating that the non-corresponding strophes have reached an end, both (of the diplae) pointing outward. And as an insertion (within the lyric) a separate system of different metrical form (consisting) of three acatalectic iambic trimeter lines (1503–1505). At the end (of these) a paragraphos.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
APP. CRIT.: 7, 19 ἰθυφαλικὸν T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.25,12–26,16; de Fav. 80–81
KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιόστροφα/ἀλλοιόστροφα | ἀνομοιομερές/ὁμοιομερές | Εὐριπίδειον (colon)
Or. 1474.02 (1474–1502) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων λη´ —T
TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of 38 cola.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 81
Or. 1474.03 (1474–1476) (vet paraphr) ἰαχᾷ δόμων θύρετρα: 1ἰαχῆς, φησὶ, καὶ θορύβου γενομένου κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν τὰς θύρας τῶν σταθμῶν, ἔνθα ἦμεν συγκεκλεισμένοι, 2ἐκσπάσαντες τοῖς μοχλοῖς ἐξήλθομεν βοηθήσοντες. —MBCRf, partial H
TRANSLATION: With cries and tumult arising throughout the house, we ripped out with pry-bars the doors of the stables where we had been shut in and came out to run to give aid.
LEMMA: M(ἰαχὰ)BCRf REF. SYMBOL: MB
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἰαχῆς … οἰκίαν om. H | τοὺς σταθμοὺς Rf | 2 τοῖς μοχλ. ἐκσπάσ. transp. B | σὺν τοῖς μοχλ. Rf | βοήσοντες Rf
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 συγκεκλειμένοι HM
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,25–27; Dind. II.315,22–24
COMMENT: Given the variant τοὺς σταθμοὺς in Rf and the more obvious equivalence of a paraphrase like that of Moschopulus (next) with τὰς θύρας καὶ τὰς παραστάδας for θύρετρα καὶ σταθμοὺς, it is tempting to consider τὰς θύρας ⟨καὶ⟩ τοὺς σταθμοὺς here, with σταθμοὺς meaning ‘doorposts’; but the ἔνθα-clause here fits better with τῶν σταθμῶν (‘stables’), since this paraphrast, unlike Moschopulus, takes δόμων with ἰαχᾷ. The paraphrast probably recalled 1449 ἐν σταθμοῖσιν ἱππικοῖσι.
Or. 1474.04 (1474–1476) (mosch paraphr) ἰαχᾷ δόμων: 1σὺν κραυγῇ τὰς θύρας καὶ τὰς παραστάδας τῶν δόμων ἔνθα ἐμίμνομεν μοχλοῖς ἀνασπάσαντες, 2βοηθήσοντες ἐτρέχομεν, ἄλλος ἀπ’ ἄλλου μέρους τοῦ οἴκου. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: With a shout, having ripped up with pry-bars the doors and door-posts of the rooms where we were, we ran to give aid, different ones from different parts of the house.
LEMMA: G
APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐπ’ ἄλλου XGr
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀπὸ G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,24–27
COMMENT: Like modern interpreters, the scholia take different views about whether δόμων goes with ἰαχᾷ or with θύρετρα καὶ σταθμοὺς. Contrast Moschopulus’s view with that of the previous and of the next two.
Or. 1474.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰαχᾷ δόμων⟩: ἐν τῇ γενομένῃ κραυγῇ τῆς Ἑλένης ἐντὸς τῶν δόμων —Vd
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1474.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰαχᾷ δόμων⟩: ἐν τῇ γινομένῃ βοῇ καὶ ταραχῇ ἐντὸς τῶν δόμων —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1474.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἰαχᾷ⟩: ἐν τῇ βοῇ τῆς Ἑλένης —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Iachāi’ means) ‘amidst the loud cries of Helen’.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,27
Or. 1474.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἰαχᾷ⟩: ἢ ἡμῶν —ZmGu2
TRANSLATION: Or (‘iachāi’ means) ‘(amidst the loud cries) of us’.
POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,27 (misread)
Or. 1474.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἰαχᾷ⟩: μετὰ θρήνου —ZlGu2
POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 1474.08 Gu2, cont. from sch. 1474.07 Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,28
Or. 1474.23 (recMosch gloss) ⟨θύρετρα⟩: τὰς θύρας —AbMnPrRSaVdXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOx2
LEMMA: in text θύρατρα Sa POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd | τὰς om. PrZc
Or. 1474.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σταθμοὺς⟩: 1ἢ τοὺς παραστάτας, διὸ καὶ ἁρμόσει μᾶλλον διὰ τοῦ κ γραφόμενον ἐκβαλ{λ}όντες, 2ἐπεὶ καὶ φασὶ σταθμοὺς μὲν εἶναι τὸ ἀνώφλιον καὶ τὸ κατώφλιον, μοχλοὶ δὲ οἱ ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα ἱστάμενοι τῆς θύρας στύλοι. —Vd
TRANSLATION: (‘Stathmous’), in other words, ‘door-posts’, wherefore ‘ekbalontes’ (‘knocking out’) written with kappa will also be more fitting (than ‘embalontes’, ‘putting in’), since in fact they say that ‘stathmoi’ are the lintel and the threshold, and ‘mochloi’ are the uprights standing on either side of the door.
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 second τὸ] τῶ Vd | 2 ἰστάμενοι Vd
COMMENT: Vd has ἐμβαλόντες in the text, but the scholiast knows of the variant ἐκβαλόντες. For the Byzantine words ἀνώφλιον and κατώφλιον see LBG s.vv. and, e.g., Sch. Hom. Od. 1.104b, 7.87a2, 7.90a3 Pontani.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1474.27 (rec gloss) ⟨σταθμοὺς⟩: τοὺς παραστάτας —AaAbMnPrRSaXoZlGu2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. AbSa | τοὺς om. AaPrZlGu2
COMMENT: Cf. LBG s.v. παραστάτης, ‘Pfosten’, Hesych. δ 1610, Suda φ 536; modern Greek has ο παραστάτης as a synonym of η παραστάδα.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1474.28 (moschThom gloss) ⟨σταθμοὺς⟩: τὰς παραστάδας —XaXbXoYYfGrZcZZaZbZmT*
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὰς om. ZZaZbZmZc
Or. 1474.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σταθμοὺς⟩: τὰς παραστάτιδας —G
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Most attestations of the word have the meaning ‘helper, one who stands beside’; but it can also be mean ‘door-post’ in vernacular. There are a couple of instances with the meaning ‘door-posts’ in Nicolaus Mesarites (12–13 cent.), and LBG also cites Greg. Naz. PG 36.644,21 (several other instances in Greg. Naz. reflect the predominant meaning ‘helper’). Cf. also Thom. Mag. ecl. voc. attic. 313,6 Ritschl παραστάδες Ἀττικοὶ, οὐ παραστάτιδες. Εὐριπίδης ἐν Φοινίσσαις [415].
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage | citation of literature other than Homer) | Euripides, Phoenissae
Or. 1475.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μοχλοῖσιν⟩: στρόφιγγας —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Either the accusative is used because λέγει or φησί is understood and Zl is interpreting μοχλοί as the pivot-pins at top and bottom of the door; or the gloss is misplaced and was meant for σταθμοὺς with the assumption that this could indicate the pivot-pins.
Or. 1475.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨μοχλοῖσιν⟩: σὺν —AbMnVdZZbZmTGuB3d
POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3d
APP. CRIT.: τοῖς add. MnVd
Or. 1475.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐκβαλόντες⟩: ἀνασπάσαντες —XaXbXoT+YY2YfGGrZc
LEMMA: ἐμβ‑ in text G, a.c. Y POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1475.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμβαλόντες⟩: συντρίψαντες ἡμεῖς —AaPrSaVdY2Gu2Zu
LEMMA: ἐκβ‑ in text GrZu, p.c. Y, ‑βαλλόντες AaZu POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdZu | ἡμεῖς om. VdY2Gu2Zu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,29
Or. 1475.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμβάλλοντα⟩: καὶ κρούσαντα τὸν Ὀρέστην —CrOx
LEMMA: thus in text Cr(‑βάλοντα)Ox, ἐμβάλλοντες Ox2 POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1475.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔνθ’ ἐμίμνομεν⟩: ἔνθα ἦμεν κεκλεισμένοι —Y2Zu
POSITION: s.l. Zu, marg. Y2
APP. CRIT.: ἔνθα] καὶ Zu
Or. 1475.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμίμνομεν⟩: ἦμεν συγκεκλεισμένοι —Gu2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,29–30
Or. 1476.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨βοηδρομοῦμεν⟩: ἐβοηδρομοῦμεν, ἤγουν βοηθήσοντες ἐτρέχομεν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
TRANSLATION: (Present ‘we run to bring help’ is used for imperfect) ‘we were running to bring help’, that is, ‘we were running, intending to bring aid’.
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἐβοηδρομοῦμεν om. GGrZc, erased in Y | ἤγουν om. G
Or. 1476.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βοηδρομοῦμεν⟩: καὶ μετὰ βοῆς †φέρομεν —Vd
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Perhaps φέρομεν is a corruption of φεύγομεν (cf. next in CrOx, with which Vd often agrees); less likely it could be a (very careless) misreading of τρέχομεν. Emending to φερόμεθα would not be a complete improvement, since the passive refers to uncontrolled movement, which is not apposite here.
Or. 1476.07 (rec gloss) ⟨βοηδρομοῦμεν⟩: κλαυθμοῦμεν —PrSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Pr
COMMENT: If the word is not corrupt, this is the first attestation of a verb κλαυθμέω, which would mean ‘wail, lament’; κλαυθμυρίζω is a well-attested word from all periods of Greek. It is also a misguided gloss for βοηδρομοῦμεν, treating it as if it were βοῶμεν despite all the indications in the context against that meaning.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 1476.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἄλλοθεν στέγης⟩: ἀπὸ ἀλλοῦ μέρους τῆς οἰκίας —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: marg. XaXo, s.l. others except X; cont. from sch. 1475.01 Gr
Or. 1476.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄλλοσε στέγης⟩: εἰς ἄλλην οἰκίαν —F2
LEMMA: ἄλλοθεν in text F POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The variant reading explained here is in OZZa, but not in F.
Or. 1476.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄλλοθεν⟩: ἢ ἄλλοσε —Vd
TRANSLATION: Or (for ‘allothen’, ‘from another place’, there is a variant reading) ‘allose’ (‘to another place’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1476.11 (thom exeg) ⟨στέγης⟩: εἰς ἣν ὁ φόνος ἐγίγνετο —ZmGu2
TRANSLATION: (‘Building/room’) in which the murder was taking place.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ‑γίγν‑ sic ZmGu2
Or. 1476.14 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨στέγης⟩: τῆς —AaVd
LEMMA: στέγαις in text Aa, η above αι POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1477.03 (thom exeg) ⟨πέτρους⟩: ἔχων κατὰ συνεκδοχήν —ZlZmGu2
TRANSLATION: (With ‘stones’ understand) ‘having’ by synecdoche (shared syntax from the next line).
LEMMA: πέτρας in text Zm, ους s.l. POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν
Or. 1477.04 (recTri exeg) ⟨πέτρους⟩: πέτρας —PrVdT
TRANSLATION: (For masculine ‘petrous’, ‘stones’, there is a variant reading, feminine) ‘petras’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T, καὶ prep. Vd | πέτρ (sic) Vd
Or. 1477.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέτρας⟩: πέτρους —Zm
TRANSLATION: (For feminine ‘petras’, ‘stones’, there is a variant reading, masculine) ‘petrous’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1477.07 (rec gloss) ⟨πέτρους⟩: λίθους —F2MnCrOx
LEMMA: πέτρας in text CrOx POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1477.09 (vet exeg) ἀγκύλας: 1τὰ ἀκόντια, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐπηγκυλίσθαι. 2ἢ διότι ἀπὸ τῆς κατὰ μέσον ἀγκύλης λαμβανόμενοι ῥίπτουσιν. —MBCRf, partial H
TRANSLATION: (‘Angkulas’ means) ‘javelins’, derived from their having been furnished with a thong/loop (‘epēgkulisthai’). Or (so called) because people throw them by taking hold of the thong (‘angkulē’) in the middle.
LEMMA: ὁ δ’ ἀγκύλας CRf REF. SYMBOL: Rf POSITION: marg. MB
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀγκύλας prep. C | ἐπηγκυλίσθαι] H (Arsen., Mu), ‑λεῖσθαι M, ‑λῆσθαι BCRf(ἐπηγγυλ‑ a.c.) | after ἐπηγκ. repeated ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐπηγκυλῆσθαι Rf | 2 ἢ διότι κτλ om. H | διότι om. MCRf | κατὰ μέσον om. Rf | μέσον] Matthiae (from next), μέσου MBC
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑ουσι C [B]
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,28–29; Dind. II.316,1–2
COMMENT: At Phoen. 1141 μεσαγκύλοις, the scholia associate ἀγκυλ‑ with κοῖλον instead (cf. Et. Gud. p. 14, 3 de Stefani = Et. Magn. 10, 29 ἀγκύλη: διὰ τὸ ἄνω αὐτῆς κοῖλον) and so claim there is a hollowed out place in the middle of the shaft into which one inserts a finger for better grip; but Sch. Andr. 1133c1 Cavarzeran agrees with the present note in referring to a thong, which is the correct view (cf. the comparison in Strabo 4.4.3 ἔστι δέ τι καὶ γρόσφῳ ἐοικὸς ξύλον, ἐκ χειρὸς οὐκ ἐξ ἀγκύλης ἀφιέμενον).
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1477.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀγκύλας⟩: 1ἀγκύλη τὸ ἀκόντιον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐπαγκαλίζεσθαι, 2 ἢ διότι ἀπὸ τῆς κατὰ τὸ μέσον ἀγκύλης λαμβανόμενον ῥίπτουσιν. —Gu
TRANSLATION: ‘Angkulē’ is a javelin, derived from its being embraced (‘epangkalizesthai’), or because people threw it when it was held from the thong in the middle.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀγκύλης] ἀγκύλ with both signs, (ας) and (ης) Gu | 2 ‑όμενοι or ‑όμενος a.c. Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,1–2 with app.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1477.11 (rec gram) ⟨ἀγκύλας⟩: 1ἀγκύλη τὸ ἀκόντιον, ἢ ἡ καμπὴ τοῦ ἀγκῶνος καὶ ποτηρίου γένος εἰς κοττάβους. 2οἱ γὰρ τοὺς κοττάβους προϊέμενοι τὴν δεξίαν χεῖρα ἠγκύλουν, 3κυκλοῦντες αὐτὴν ὡς ἐνῆν πρεπωδέστατα, σεμνυνόμενοι ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνὶ τῶν καλῶν. 4κοτταβίζειν δέ ἐστι τὸ τὸ λειπόμενον πόμα τοῦ ποτηρίου ἐκχέειν οὕτως ὥστε ψόφον ποιεῖν. 5αὕτη δὲ ἡ παιδιὰ ἐδόθη ἐκ Σικελίας τοῖς Ἀττικοῖς. —Rw
TRANSLATION: ‘Angkulē’ is a javelin, or the bend of the elbow, and a kind of drinking vessel for kottabos-games. For those who were throwing forth the wine-dregs used to bend their right hand, arcing it in the most graceful way possible, taking pride (in this action) just as in some fine achievement. And ‘kottabizein’ is to pour out the remaining drink from the vessel so as to make a sound. And this game was given to the people of Attica from Sicily.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Sent. 1–3 closely match the first sentences of Hescyh. α 566: ἀγκύλη· ἀκόντιον. ἢ ἡ καμπὴ τῆς ἀγκῶνος καὶ ποτηρίου γένος εἰς κοττάβους. οἱ γὰρ τοὺς κοττάβους προιέμενοι τὴν δεξιὰν χεῖρα ἠγκύλουν, κυκλοῦντες αὐτὴν ὡς ἐνῆν πρεπωδέστατα, σεμνυνόμενοι ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνὶ τῶν καλῶν. οἱ δὲ καὶ ἀγκυλισταὶ ἀκοντισταὶ εἴρηνται. δηλοῖ δὲ καὶ ἀποτομάδα. Compare Eust. in Il. 2.774 [I.538,19–539,1] ἔτι ἰστέον καί, ὅτι ἀγκύλη οὐ μόνον ἡ ἀνωτέρω ῥηθεῖσα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ καμπὴ τοῦ ἀγκῶνος καὶ ποτηρίου γένος χρήσιμον εἰς κοτάβους, παρὰ τὸ ἀγκύλον, τὸ ἐπικαμπὲς καὶ στρεβλὸν καὶ σκολιὸν καὶ ἐπικεκλασμένον. ἠγκύλουν (539) γάρ, φασί, τὴν δεξιὰν οἱ τοὺς κοτάβους προϊέμενοι κυκλοῦντες αὐτήν. The fourth sentence matches the text in lexicographers, starting from Hesych. α 6405 ἀποκοτταβίζειν· τὸ λειπόμενον πόμα τοῦ ποτηρίου ἐκχέειν οὕτως, ὥστε ψόφον ποιεῖν. For sent. 5, the Sicilian transmission, cf. Hesych. κ 3801 κότταβος· λάταξ. Εὐριπίδης Πλεισθένει [cf. TrGF fr. 631 Kannicht]. καὶ παιδιὰ παρὰ Ἀττικοῖς, ἀπὸ Σικελίας παραδοθεῖσα.
Or. 1477.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀγκύλας⟩: ἀκόντια τὰ λεγόμενα ῥιπτάρια —Zl
TRANSLATION: (‘Angkulas’ are) javelins, the ones called ‘rhiptaria’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1477.13 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἀγκύλας⟩: ἀκόντια —ArPrXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZmT*Ox2
POSITION: s.l. except marg. X
Or. 1477.17 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀγκύλας⟩: ῥιπτάρια —PrZmZuGu2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Gu2 | ῥικτ‑ PrCrOx
Or. 1477.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγκύλας⟩: μαζούκας —Aa2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: LBG s.v. ματζούκα, ‘Keule’ (= ‘club’); modern Greek ματσούκι or ματσούκα, from Italian ‘mazzoca’.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1477.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγκύλας⟩: μαζούκιζο(?) —Vd
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The ending is compressed and sloppy, so not quite certain. The form is perhaps a variant of ματζούκιτζι (ματσούκι with diminutive suffix). For ‑ιτζο as a related suffix, cf. Caesarius Dapontes, Κῆπος Χαρίτων 4.213 μ’ ἕνα ῥωμαιοκόριτζο καλό (18th cent.).
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1477.22 (rec gram) ⟨ἀγκύλας⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἠγκοινῆσθαι —Pr
TRANSLATION: (‘Angkulas’ is) derived from ‘having been taken in one’s arm’.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: See LBG s.v. ἀγκοινάομαι, a verb that is attested with δόρυ or ἔγχος as object.
Or. 1478.02 (mosch exeg) ξίφος πρόκωπον: ἤγουν σπάθην ἥτις ἔχει τὴν κώπην προβεβλημένην —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
TRANSLATION: That is, a sword that has its handle extended forward.
LEMMA: T, ξίφος X POSITION: s.l. except XT
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Zc | ἥτις ἔχει] ἔχουσαν Zc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,4
Or. 1478.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ξίφος πρόκωπον⟩: σπάθην ἔμπροσθεν τὴν κώπην καὶ λαβὴν ἔχουσαν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: A sword that has its ‘kōpē’, that is, handle (held out) in front.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἔμπροσθεν τὴν] Mastr., τὴν ἔμπροσθεν all
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,4–5
Or. 1478.04 (vet exeg) ⟨πρόκωπον⟩: μεγάλην καὶ ἐκτεταμένην λ[αβὴν] ἔχον —H
TRANSLATION: (‘Prokōpon’ means) ‘having a large and stretched forth handle’.
APP. CRIT.: λ[αβὴν]] read as χ[ερσὶν] by Daitz
COLLATION NOTES: check H new image
Or. 1478.05 (vet exeg) πρόκωπον: μεγάλην κώπην καὶ ἐκτεταμένην ἔχον —MBC, partial SaY2
TRANSLATION: (‘Prokōpon’ means) ‘having a large and stretched forth handle’.
LEMMA: B REF. SYMBOL: MC POSITION: marg. B, intermarg. Y2, s.l. Sa
APP. CRIT.: καὶ ἐκτεταμένην om. SaY2 | after ἐκτετ. add. ἐγχερσὶν M, ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν C | ἔχων MCSa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.227,1; Dind. II.316,3
COMMENT: The version of MC perhaps arose from a conflation with a separate paraphrase ἐν χερσὶν ἔχων intended for ἐν χεροῖν ἔχων (although MC in fact have χερσὶν in the text here).
Or. 1478.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόκωπον⟩: καὶ προτεταμένην ἔχον τὴν κώπην καὶ τὴν λαβὴν —Vd
TRANSLATION: (‘Prokōpon’ means) ‘having its “kōpē”, that is, handle, stretched forward’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: κώπην] κάρπην Vd
Or. 1478.07 (rec exeg) ⟨πρόκωπον⟩: μεγάλην λαβὴν ἤγουν κώπην ἔχον —Mn
TRANSLATION: (‘Prokōpon’ means) ‘having a large handle, that is,“kōpē”’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1478.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόκωπον⟩: μεγάλην ἔχον λαβὴν —AaF
TRANSLATION: (‘Prokōpon’ means) ‘having a large handle’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F | ἔχων Aa
Or. 1478.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πρόκωπον⟩: μεγάλων ἔχων σκέπην λαβῶν —Pr
TRANSLATION: (‘Prokōpon’ means) ‘having the protection of large handles’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: λαβὴν a.c. Pr
Or. 1478.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρόκωπον⟩: καὶ ἔμπροσθεν κόπτον —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: κόπτων CrOx
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1479.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔναντα⟩: ἐξεναντίας —AaPrMtVdZc
LEMMA: in text ἔναντι Pr, ἐναντία Zc, ἔνατα Vd(γρ()αι ἔναντα in marg.). POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd
Or. 1479.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔναντα⟩: ἐναντίως —RfRwVd, perhaps Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐνατίως Rw
COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl when images back
Or. 1479.05 (mosch gloss) ἔναντα: ἐξεναντίας ἡμῶν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
LEMMA: XGr POSITION: s.l. except XGr
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξ ἐναντίας Yf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,6
Or. 1479.09 (vet exeg) ἀλίαστος: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄτρεπτος καὶ ἄφευκτος ἐν ταῖς μάχαις, ἢ ἀκατάπαυστος. 2ἢ ὃν οὐκ ἔστι λιάσαι καὶ εἰς φυγὴν τρέψαι. —HMBCRfGu2
TRANSLATION: (‘Aliastos’) in the sense ‘impossible to turn away’ and ‘never running away in battle’, or ‘incapable of being stopped’. Or the one whom it is not possible to ‘liasai’ (‘make shrink’) and turn to flight.
LEMMA: Rf REF. SYMBOL: MRf POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. CGu2; cont. from sch. 1478.05 B, prep. ἀλίαστος δὲ
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. HGu2 | τοῦ om. C | ἀνάτρεπτος C | καὶ om. Gu2 | ταῖς om. Gu2 | ἢ om. Gu2 | 2 ἢ om. RfGu2 | λιάσαι] δειλιάσαι C | εἰς φυγὴν] ἐκφυγεῖν καὶ Gu2
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 λιᾶσαι app. M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.227,2–3; Dind. II.316,7–8
COMMENT: Cf., e.g., Orion 26,12 άλίαστος, παρὰ τὸ λιάζω τὸ ἐκκλίνω. ὁ μέλλων λιάσω· ὄνομα ῥηματικὸν λιαστὸς· ὃν οὐκ ἄν τις ἐκκλίνοι καὶ †τὸ λιάζειν† (καὶ λιάζοι Larcher); Hesych. α 2982 ἀλίαστος· … ἀνέκκλιτος. ἀμετάτρεπτος. ἀνελλιπής …; Et. Gen. α 481 ἀλίαστος· σημαίνει δὲ τὸν ἀκατάπαυστον (Hom. Il. 14.57)· ‘οἱ δ’ ἐπὶ νηυσὶ θοῇσι μάχην ἀλίαστον ἔχουσι’· καὶ (Il. 12.471, Il. 16.296) ‘ὅμαδος δ’ ἀλίαστος ἐτύχθη’. παρὰ τὸ λιάζω τὸ σημαῖνον τὸ ἐκκλίνω, οἷον (Il. 24.96)· ‘ἀμφὶ δ’ ἄρα σφι λιάζετο κῦμα θαλάσσης’. ὁ μέλλων λιάσω, γίνεται ῥηματικὸν ὄνομα λιαστός καὶ μετὰ τοῦ στερητικοῦ α ἀλίαστος, ὃν οὐκ ἄν τις ἐκκλίνοι; Suda α 1209 ἀλίαστος: ὁ μὴ ἐκφεύγων.
Or. 1479.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλίαστος⟩: ἄτρεπτος ἐν ταῖς μάχαις, ἢ ὃν οὐκ ἔστι λιάσαι καὶ εἰς φυγὴν τρέψαι —Pr, partial Sa
TRANSLATION: (‘Aliastos’ means) ‘impossible to turn back in battle’ or the one whom it is not possible to ‘liasai’ (‘make shrink’) and turn to flight.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἢ ὃν οὐκ κτλ om. Sa
Or. 1479.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλίαστος⟩: ἀμετάτρεπτος, ἄφευκτος ἐν ταῖς μάχαις ὢν —Mn
TRANSLATION: (‘Aliastos’ means) ‘impossible to turn from his course’, ‘never running away in battle’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1479.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλίαστος⟩: ἀθορύβητος —M2Lp
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: marg. M2, s.l. Lp
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀθορίβητος Lp
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,10
Or. 1479.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλίαστος⟩: ἄτρεπτος —M2Y2LZu
POSITION: marg. M2, cont. from prev.; s.l. Y2LZu
Or. 1479.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλίαστος⟩: ἄφοβος —M2B2Y2CrOxLp
POSITION: marg. M2, cont. from prev.; s.l. others
APP. CRIT.: καὶ ὁ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,9 and 10
Or. 1479.21 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀλίαστος⟩: ἄφυκτος —AbXXaXbXoT+YfGGrZcLp
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἄφικτος Zc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,9
Or. 1479.22 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀλίαστος⟩: ἀνέκπληκτος —ZZbZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀνέκπλητος Zb, ἀνέμπληκτος Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,9 (Gu version)
Or. 1479.23 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀλίαστος⟩: φοβερὸς —ZZbZlZmTGuL
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,9 and 10
Or. 1479.24 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀλίαστος⟩: θαρσαλέος —ZZaZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,10
Or. 1479.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀλίαστος⟩: ἄμεμπτος —Y2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: There is no parallel for ἄμεμπτος as a gloss of ἀλίαστος. If it is not a corruption of ἀμετάτρεπτος, then perhaps it is related to the transmitted ἀνέγκλητον [ἀνέκκλιτον Tafel, Bothe] in Sunag. lex. chres. α 972 = Photius α 948 ἀλίαστον· τὸ μάταιον. Εὐριπίδης [TrGF fr. 1095b Kannicht]. ἔστι δὲ τὸ ἀνέγκλητον, ὃ οὐκ ἔστι φυλάξασθαι, κατὰ ἀπόφασιν.
Or. 1479.27 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀλίαστος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ καὶ τοῦ λιάζω τὸ ἐκφεύγω —Vd
TRANSLATION: (‘Aliastos’ is derived) from alpha privative and the verb ‘liazō’ meaning ‘escape’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1480.10 (vet exeg) τρικόρυθος: 1ὁ μεγάλην ἔχων περικεφαλαίαν. 2ὅμοιον δέ ἐστι τῷ [Hom. Il. 12.353] ‘τρίπτυχος αὐλῶπις’. 3ἢ ὅτι ἔνιοι τῶν ἡρώων τριλόφοις ἐχρῶντο. —MBC, partial Pr
TRANSLATION: (‘Trikoruthos’,) the one having a large helmet. And it is similar to ‘triptuchos aulōpis’ (‘threefold, with crest-tube’). Or because some of the heroes used to use (helmets) with triple crests.
LEMMA: MB REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: s.l. CPr
APP. CRIT.: 2–3 ὅμοιον κτλ. om. Pr (but cf. next) | 2 τὸ MC | αὐλῶπτις C | 3 τριολόφοις M
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 περικεφαλέαν Pr | 2 ἐστιν C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.227,4–6; Dind. II.316,12–14
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 1480.11 (vet exeg) τρικόρυθος: 1ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ Ὁμηρικῷ [Hom. Il. 12.353] ‘τρίπτυχος αὐλῶπις’. 2ἢ ἐπεὶ τριλοφίαις ἐχρῶντο. —HPrSa
TRANSLATION: It is similar to ‘triptuchos aulōpis’ (‘threefold, with crest-tube’). Or because they used to use triple crests.
LEMMA: PrSa
APP. CRIT.: δίπτυχος αὐλῶπιν PrSa
APP. CRIT. 2: ὅμοιον ἐστὶ H
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 1480.12 (rec exeg) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: ἐπεὶ τριλοφίαις ἐχρῶντο, ἢ τρίπτυχος —Mn
TRANSLATION: (‘Trikoruthos’,) because they used to use triple crests; or (meaning) ‘with three layers’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1480.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: ὁ τρίλοφος, ἤγουν ὁ τρία ἐπαναστήματα ἔχων ἐν τῇ κόρυθι —Zm
TRANSLATION: (‘Trikoruthos’,) the one with three crests, that is, the one who has three rising projections on his helmet.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1480.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: γρ. τρικόρυφος. —Pk
TRANSLATION: (For ‘trikoruthos’) the reading ‘trikoruphos’ (‘with three peaks’) is found.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,15
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1480.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: ἔχων τρεῖς λόφους —PrSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: λόχους PrSa
Or. 1480.16 (mosch paraphr) τρικόρυθος: ὁ τριλόφῳ περικεφαλαίᾳ χρώμενος —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
LEMMA: Gr (prep. ἢ) POSITION: s.l. except XGr
APP. CRIT.: ὁ om. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,14–15
Or. 1480.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: ὁ μεγάλην ἢ τρίλοφον ἔχων περικεφαλαίαν —Gu2
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1480.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: καὶ μεγάλην ἔχων περικεφαλαίαν —F
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑κεφαλέαν F
Or. 1480.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: ὁ τρεῖς ἔχων περικεφαλαίας —ZlCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | περικεφ. ἔχων transp. CrOx
Or. 1480.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: ἔχων τρεῖς κόρυθας περὶ τὴν περικεφαλαίαν —Zc
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1481.01 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὃν⟩: Αἴαντα —AaFMnPrSaZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l. except marg. F
APP. CRIT.: τὸν prep. AaFMnPrSa, ἤγουν τὸν prep. CrOx, ὃν prep. Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,16
Or. 1481.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨Πριαμίσιν⟩: ταῖς τοῦ Πριάμου —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa
POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,16–17
Or. 1482.01 (thom paraphr) ⟨φασγάνων δ’ ἀκμὰς συνήψαμεν⟩: ἤγουν εἰς πόλεμον ἡμεῖς τε κἀνεῖνος κατέστημεν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘We joined together the sharp edges of swords’,) that is, ‘both we and that man began a battle’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: κἀκεῖνοι Gu, a.c. T | καθέσταμεν Za, η above second alpha
APP. CRIT. 2: τὲ Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,18–19
Or. 1482.02 (rec exeg) ⟨φασγάνων ἀκμὰς⟩: αὐτὰ τὰ φάσγανα —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Sharp edges of swords’ refers to) the swords themselves.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1482.05 (recMosch gloss) ἀκμὰς: τὰς ὀξύτητας —M2MnPrRSaVdXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZmCrOxB3a
LEMMA: X REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. M2
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdCrOx | τὰς om. MnRZmB3a | ὀξυτάτας M2Yf, ὀξυτ()τ() Sa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,18
Or. 1482.08 (rec gloss) ⟨συνήψαμεν⟩: ἡνώσαμεν —RwVdZm
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd
APP. CRIT. 2: ἡνόσαμεν Vd
Or. 1483.01 (1483–1485) (vet exeg) τότε δὴ τότε: 1ἐν τῷ πρὸς Ὀρέστην πολέμῳ ἐφάνημεν διαπρεπόντως δειλοὶ, οἱ Φρύγες. 2ἢ τότε ἐν τῷ Τρωικῷ πολέμῳ. —HMiBC
TRANSLATION: (‘Then indeed, then’:) in the battle against Orestes we were revealed to be conspicuously cowardly, we the Phrygians. Or (this was revealed) back then during the Trojan War.
LEMMA: B, τότε HMC(treated as first wd. of note) REF. SYMBOL: MB(but erased, γ̅ used instead for the next note) POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. C
APP. CRIT.: 2 ἢ] οἳ C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.227,7–8; Dind. II.316,20–21
COMMENT: The divergent explanations of τότε are induced by the presence of both ἐγένοντο and ἐγενόμεθ’ in the text and furthered by the potential ambiguity of τότε. In addition, some critics found the description of so many opponents being killed or wounded by the two youths to present an improbability (see next and sch. 1485.01, 1486.01–03).
Or. 1483.02 (1483–1485) (vet exeg) τότε δὴ τότε διαπρεπεῖς ἐγένοντο Φρύγες: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔκδηλοι τὴν δειλίαν καὶ ἐξεληλεγμένοι. 2⟨τότε⟩, φησὶν, ἐν τῇ συμβολῇ τῇ πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ πρὸς τὸν Πυλάδην, ἐφάνησαν οἱ Φρύγες πολὺ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὄντες ἀσθενέστεροι. || 3⟨ … ⟩ καὶ ὅσον ἦμεν ἐλάττους ἐν τῇ μάχῃ τῇ πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας κατὰ τὴν Ἴλιον. 4φησὶ γὰρ αὐτὰ κατὰ ἀναφορὰν ⟨πρὸς⟩ τὰ ἐν Ἰλίῳ λόγου παρεκβάσει χρησάμενος. 5οὐ γὰρ εἰκὸς ἦν οὕτως πολλοὺς εἶναι τοὺς ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις τεθνηκότας ὡς καταλέγειν πτώματα μυρίων νεκρῶν. || 6ἔστιν οὖν ὁ πᾶς λόγος τοιοῦτος· 7κατὰ τὴν συμβολὴν τὴν πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην κατάδηλοι γεγόναμεν ἀσθενεῖς ὄντες οἱ Φρύγες. —MBC, partial H
TRANSLATION: (‘Diaprepeis’ is) equivalent to ‘utterly obvious and fully proved in their cowardice’. At that time, he says, in the clash with Orestes and with Pylades, the Phrygians were revealed to be much weaker than the Greeks. || ⟨ … ⟩ and how much we were lesser in the battle against the Greeks at Ilium. For he says this with reference to events at Ilium, using a digression in his narrative. For it was not probable that those who died in the palace were so numerous that one could catalogue the falling of countless dead. || So then the overall sense is like this: In the clash with Orestes we Phrygians were plainly revealed to be weak.
LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως· διαπρεπεῖς ἐγένοντο B REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: cont. from prev. without punct. H
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. H, τοῦ om. C | τὴν δειλίαν καὶ om. H | 2 τότε suppl. Schw. | φησίν] om. H, punct. after as end of prev. sentence BC | ἐν τῇ πρὸς τὸν ὀρ. καὶ πρὸς τὸν πυλ. συμβολῇ B | first τὸν om. H | second τὸν om. H | πολύ … ἀσθενέστεροι del. Schwartz | ὄντες] ὄντ’ C, om. or transp. after ἀσθεν. (and lost to damage) H | 3–7 καὶ ὅσον κτλ om. H (unless something lost to trimming) | 3 lacuna Mastr. | καὶ] καθ’ Münzel, perhaps to be deleted Mastr. | 4 αὐτὰ] αὐτοὺς M, ἀντὶ C | πρὸς suppl. Matthiae | 5 πολλ(ων) M | 6 ὁ πᾶς] καὶ πᾶς app. M [extremely tiny] | 7 γεγόνασιν Arsen. (MeMuPh, edd. through Matthiae) | οἱ] Arsen. (MeMuPh), om. MBC
APP. CRIT. 2: 5 οὕτω B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.227,9–17; Dind. II.316,21–317,5
COMMENT: In my view, two different explanations have been mingled here (based on the two views of τότε espoused in the scholia), and something must be missing between sent. 2 and 3 (if καὶ is retained, perhaps there was a clause ending with a comparative ‑τεροι, leading to saut du même au même). The final sentences 6–7 could once have followed 1–2, or there may have been something lost after ἀσθενέστεροι when the other explanation was conflated. With Schwartz’s deletion in 2 and Münzel’s καθ’ ὅσον in 3, the paraphrase is convoluted: ‘Then, he says, in the clash with Orestes and Pylades it was revealed how much the Phrygians were inferior in the battle with the Greeks at Troy’. The reasoning is likewise tortured: while other annotations take the sentence as applying either to the recent events or to the past events at Troy, this interpretation would have it both ways, with τότε referring to the recent and the revelation referring to the past. While this is not inconceivable as a desperate attempt at reconciliation, it seems to me more likely that one explanation has been inserted into a scholion advocating the opposite, for such insertions have occurred in the tradition of these scholia. See also sch. 1485.01 for another long scholion on this problem. | For παρέκβασις see Nünlist 64–66.
Or. 1483.03 (rec exeg) ⟨τότε δὴ τότε διαπρεπεῖς⟩: εἰς τὸν καιρὸν ὅτε ἔσφαζον ἐκεῖνοι τὴν Ἑλένην φανεροὶ, ἤγουν ἐξέβησαν ἔξω. —Ab
TRANSLATION: At the moment when those men were trying to slaughter Helen (the Phrygians became) visible, that is, they came outside.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1483.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τότε δὴ τότε⟩: ἐπανάληψις —Vd
TRANSLATION: Repetition (of words).
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: For this rhetorical term see Lausberg §617; e.g., Alexander, de figuris, Rhet.Gr. III.19–20 Spengel περὶ ἐπαναλήψεως. But note that κατ’ ἐπανάληψιν is used in sch. 1485.01 in the sense ‘by resumption’ (of an account after some digression): for this sense, cf. Nünlist 66. So it is possible that Vd’s is displaced and was once meant to convey this latter sense.
KEYWORDS: epanalepsis
Or. 1483.06 (rec exeg) ⟨διαπρεπεῖς⟩: ἐπίσημοι, φανεροὶ εἰς δειλίαν, εἰς ἧτταν, εἰς φυγήν —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Conspicuous’, that is,) noteworthy, obvious in respect to cowardice, to defeat, to flight.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἥτταν Pr
Or. 1483.07 (rec exeg) ⟨διαπρεπεῖς⟩: εἰ⟨ς⟩ τὴν ἧτταν, ἤγουν ἐξέβησαν ἔξω. —Mn
TRANSLATION: (‘Conspicuous’, that is,) in respect to defeat, or else (it means) they came outside.
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἥτταν Mn
COMMENT: Cf. prev. and sch. 1483.02.
Or. 1483.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διαπρεπεῖς⟩: διάδηλοι εἰς δειλίαν —VdY2Gu2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd
Or. 1483.10 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨διαπρεπεῖς⟩: φανεροί —MnXXaXbXoYYfGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*B3d
POSITION: s.l. except marg. X
APP. CRIT.: δηλονότι add. Xo
Or. 1483.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διαπρεπεῖς⟩: φανεροὶ καὶ οὐκ ⟨ἄ⟩δηλοι εἰς δειλίαν —G
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ⟨ἄ⟩δηλοι] app. δειλοι a.c. G
APP. CRIT. 2: οὔκ G
Or. 1484.01 (tri metr) ⟨ἐγένοντο Φρύγες⟩: koinē long over second omicron —T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 81
Or. 1484.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐγένοντο⟩: ἐμοὶ δηλονότι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrGuZc
LEMMA: φρύγες XGr POSITION: s.l. except XGr; above φρύγες Gu
APP. CRIT.: ἐγένοντο add. G
APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.317,6
Or. 1484.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅσον⟩: μεγάλως —Rf
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: The truncated form in Rf could also be μέγα, but the position of the accent favors μεγάλως.
Or. 1484.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἄρεος ἀλκάν⟩: μὴ λάβῃς εἰς τὸ ἀλκὰν ἔξωθεν κατά, ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ φαμὲν ‘δυνατός εἰμι τοῦτο’ καὶ ‘σοφός εἰμι τὰ θεῖα’, οὕτω καὶ ‘ἐλάττων εἰμὶ τοῦτο’. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Do not supply (the preposition) ‘kata’ from outside to govern ‘alkan’ (‘strength in battle’); rather, just as we say ‘I am capable (in) this’ (without a preposition) and ‘I am wise (in) divine things’ (without a preposition), so also ‘I am lesser (in) this’ (without a preposition).
LEMMA: in text ἄρεως Gr POSITION: marg. Gu
APP. CRIT. 2: ἔλαττον a.c. Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.317,7–9
COMMENT: Thomas’s criticism perhaps aims at the paraphrase of Moschopulus (sch. 1484.11), but the gloss κατὰ is found in a few contemporary mss (sch. 1484.17).
COLLATION NOTES: Above this scholion in Za is the word νόθον (at the level of ἐγένοντο … ἀλκάν). The meaning of this is unknown. It seems unlikely to be a claim that the remark is not genuinely by Thomas.
KEYWORDS: Thomas Magister critical of another view
Or. 1484.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Ἄρεος ἀλκὰν⟩: κατὰ τὴν ἀλκὴν τοῦ πολέμου —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOx2
LEMMA: ἄρεως in text XXaXbYfGr, a.c. Y POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Ox2
APP. CRIT.: ὅσον prep. X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.317,7
Or. 1484.15 (thom gloss) ⟨Ἄρεος⟩: πολέμου —ZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx
LEMMA: in text ἄρεως Gr POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τοῦ prep. CrOx
Or. 1484.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀλκὰν⟩: ἰσχὺν —F2Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὴν prep. F2
COMMENT: F2’s gloss was perhaps intended to continue from the next of F.
Or. 1485.01 (1485–1490) (vet exeg) ἥσσονες Ἑλλάδος ἐγενόμεθ’ αἰχμᾶς: 1εἰκότως ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τότε, ἐν Ἰλίῳ, {ἢ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην} ἡττήθησαν, ἡνίκα ὁ μὲν ἦν φυγὰς, ὁ δὲ νεκρὸς ἔκειτο, ἄλλος δὲ τραυματίας ἦν, ὁ δὲ ἱκέτης προσέπιπτε τὸν ἔλεον θηρώμενος, 2καὶ τέλος ὡς ὑποσκότιοι γενόμενοι τῷ πλήθει τῶν βαλλομένων βελῶν εἰς φυγὴν ἐτρεπόμεθα καὶ οἱ μὲν ἔπιπτον τιτρωσκόμενοι, οἱ δὲ πίπτειν ἔμελλον, οἱ δὲ ἦσαν νεκροί. 3καὶ μέχρι τούτου [1489] ἡ παρέκβασις. 4τὰ δὲ ἑξῆς [1490ff.] γενόμενα κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐστὶν, ἅπερ κατὰ ἐπανάληψιν ἐπάγει. 5ἔστι δὲ τὸ ἑξῆς τοῦ λόγου· 6φασγάνων τε ἀκμὰς συνήψαμεν καὶ ἡττήθημεν κατὰ κράτος ὥσπερ καὶ ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ἴλιον πολέμῳ ἡνίκα ταῦτα συμβέβηκεν ἅπερ κατέλεξεν [1486–1489]. 7ὡς δὲ ἡττήθημεν τῶν περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην, ἦλθεν ἡ Ἑρμιόνη. 8δύναται δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ οἰκίας ταῦτα γενόμενα νοεῖσθαι, 9ἴδιον δὲ τῆς τραγῳδίας τὸ τὰ μικρὰ τῶν πραγμάτων ἐξαίρειν καὶ φοβερὰ ποιεῖν ὥσπερ νῦν ὁ Εὐριπίδης ὥσπερ πολλῶν τῶν ὀλίγων θεραπόντων τὸν λόγον ⟨ποιεῖται⟩. —MBC
TRANSLATION: As one would reasonably expect, they were defeated by the Greeks back then, in Ilium, when one man was in flight, another lay dead, another was wounded, another was supplicating, seeking pity, and finally having been covered in darkness by the great number of the missiles thrown (at us) we turned to flight and some were falling, being wounded, others were about to fall, and others were dead. And up to this point (1489) is the digression. The following events occurred in the house, the very ones that he adds by way of resumption (1490ff.). And the run of the sense is: We joined together in a clash of sharp swords and were defeated forcefully, just as in the war at Ilium when these very things that he listed (1486–1489) took place. And when we had been defeated by Orestes and Pylades, Hermione arrived. But it is also possible for these actions to be understood as having occurred in the house, and it is a characteristic of tragedy to exaggerate small matters and make them terrible, just as now Euripides composes his account of the few servants as if (they were) many.
LEMMA: MC(γενόμεθ’ αἰχμάς), ἥσσονες ἑλλάδος B REF. SYMBOL: MB
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἢ τῶν περὶ τ. Ὀρ. del. Schw. | second τῶν] τὸν M | 2 ὑποσκότιον M, ὑπὲρ σκότον C | γενόμενοι] γενομένω ἢ MC | 3 μέχρι μὲν B | 4 τὰ δὲ ἑξῆς γεν.] τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· τὰ γεν. B | 6 ἡνίκα Münzel] ἦν καὶ MBC | 7 τῶν περὶ τὸν Ὀρ. om. Arsen. (edd. through Matthiae) | τῶν] om. M, ὑπὸ τῶν C | 8 γενόμενον M, γινόμενα B | 9 τὰ] τὰ / τὰ C | μακρὰ MC | ποιεῖν ὥσπερ om. MC | ὥσπερ πολλῶν κτλ om. B | ὥσπερ πολλῶν] ὡς περὶ πολλῶν ⟨περὶ⟩ Schw. | ποιεῖται suppl. Schw.
APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ἐπάγη C | 6 τὲ B | κατακράτος B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.227,19–228,6; Dind. II.317,10–23
COMMENT: In the added alternative explanation in sent. 8–9 the critic recognizes that the niggling concern with realism shown in several scholia on this passage (see on sch. 1483.01) is out of place. | For παρέκβασις and ἐπανάληψις see Nünlist 64–66.
KEYWORDS: ἐπανάληψις (in narrative) | dramatic technique | tragedy
Or. 1485.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥσσονες⟩: ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ δηλαδὴ πολεμοῦντες τοῖς Ἕλλησι —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Inferior’) in Troy, clearly, when waging war with the Greeks.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1485.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥσσονες⟩: καὶ ἐλάττονες —F2VdCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. F2
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐλάττωνες Vd
Or. 1485.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Ἑλλάδος … αἰχμᾶς⟩: τουτέστι τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ —Aa
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1485.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Ἑλλάδος … αἰχμᾶς⟩: Ἑλληνικῆς αἰχμῆς —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
LEMMA: ἑλλάδος Gr POSITION: s.l. escept XGr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,1–2
Or. 1485.08 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἑλλάνων⟩: γρ. Ἑλλάδος. —ZZa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘Hellanōn’, ‘of Greeks‘,) the reading ‘Hellados’ (adjective ‘Greek’) is found.
LEMMA: thus in text ZZa POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1485.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἰχμᾶς⟩: κυρίως ὁ σίδηρος τῶν δοράτων, καταχρηστικῶς ὁ πόλεμος. —Pk
TRANSLATION: (‘Aichma’ is) properly ‘the iron tip of spears’, but by catachresis ‘war’.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,2–3
COMMENT: Cf. Hesych. α 2192 αἰχμαί· πόλεμοι; α 2202 αἰχμή· ἐπιδορατίς. ὁ σίδηρος τῶν δοράτων ἢ πόλεμος.
KEYWORDS: catachresis
Or. 1485.12 (recMosch gloss) ⟨αἰχμᾶς⟩: αἰχμῆς —AbMnXXaXbXoTGrZcZlZm
LEMMA: αἰχμαῖς in text Zl POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1486.01 (1486–1489) (vet exeg) ὁ μὲν οἰχόμενος: 1ταῦτα ἐπὶ τῶν ἐν Ἰλίῳ νοητέον, 2οἱ δ’ οὐ νοήσαντες ὑπέλαβον ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις τοσούτους τεθνάναι. —MC
TRANSLATION: These details must be interpreted as applying to events at Ilium, but those who have not understood (it thus) assumed that so great a number died in the palace.
LEMMA: MC
APP. CRIT.: 1 τῶν] Schw. (from next), τῆς MC (τῶν printed by Dind., misreading M)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,7–8; Dind. II.317, app. at 22
COMMENT: See on sch. 1483.01.
Or. 1486.02 (1486–1489) (vet exeg) 1ταῦτα ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ἐν Ἰλίῳ λέγει τεθορυβημένος καὶ οὐ δεόντως ἀπαγγέλλων. 2οἱ δὲ μὴ νοήσαντες πολλοὺς ᾠήθησαν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην ἀπολωλέναι. —MBC
TRANSLATION: He say these things as applying to events at Ilium, being in confused agitation and (thus) not reporting in the proper manner. But those who have not understood this believed that many perished in the palace at the hands of Orestes and Pylades.
POSITION: cont. from prev. MC, cont. from sch. 1485.01, add. δὲ, B
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐπὶ] περὶ B | 2 ὑπὸ τῶν] ὑπὲρ τὸν M | ἀπωλέναι M, τεθνάναι B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,9–11; Dind. II.317,23–25
Or. 1486.03 (1486–1489) (vet exeg) 1ἐπὶ τῶν ἐν Ἰλίῳ οὖν λέγει, τεθορυβημένως καὶ οὐ δεόντως ἀπαγγέλλων. 2οἱ δὲ μὴ νοήσαντες πολλοὺς ὑπενόησαν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ Ὀρέστην ἀπολωλέναι. —H
TRANSLATION: So then, he speaks in reference to events at Ilium, reporting confusedly and not in the proper manner. But those who have not understood this believed that many perished in the palace at the hands of Orestes and Pylades.
Or. 1486.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁ μὲν⟩: λείπει ἐξ ἡμῶν, ἀπὸ τῶν Φρυγῶν. —Ab
TRANSLATION: (With ‘one’) ‘from us’, ‘from among the Phrygians’, is to be understood.
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1486.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὁ μὲν⟩: ἀφ’ ἡμῶν —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcAaVd
POSITION: s.l., above φυγάς G
APP. CRIT. 2: ὑμῶν Xo
Or. 1486.07 (rec gloss) ⟨οἰχόμενος φυγάς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔφυγε —AaAb
POSITION: marg. Ab, s.l. Aa
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Ab
Or. 1486.08 (rec gloss) ⟨οἰχόμενος⟩: πορευόμενος —FPrSaCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FCrOx
Or. 1487.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁ δὲ λισσόμενος θανάτου προβολάν⟩: ὁ δὲ παρακαλῶν διὰ τὴν προβολὴν καὶ τὴν ἔφοδον καὶ ἐπέλευσιν τοῦ θανάτου. —Rw
TRANSLATION: And another supplicating because of the putting forward and approach and coming on of death.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἔπελευσιν Rw
Or. 1487.07 (mosch exeg) ὁ δὲ λισσόμενος: 1ὁ δὲ ‘παρακαλῶν παράκλησιν ἕνεκα τοῦ θανάτου’ ὤφειλεν, 2λέγει δὲ ‘λισσόμενος προβολήν’, ἐπεὶ οἱ παρακαλοῦντες προβάλλουσιν ἑαυτοὺς παρακαλοῦντες καὶ προπίπτουσιν. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
TRANSLATION: He should have said ‘making a supplication (‘parakalōn paraklēsin’) for the sake of (avoiding) death’. But he says ‘supplicating a casting forward’ (‘lissomenos probolan’) because those who supplicate throw themselves forward (‘proballousin’) in supplication and fall before (the person they supplicate).
LEMMA: XaXbTYYfGr
APP. CRIT.: 1 ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν XaYYf, p.c. Xo | 2 προβάλλουσιν ἑαυτοὺς παρακαλοῦντες om. T | παραβάλλουσιν Y | προσπίπτουσιν XaXoY
APP. CRIT. 2: προβάλουσιν X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,5–7
Or. 1487.08 (1487–1488) (vet exeg) ⟨λισσόμενος θανάτου προβολάν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἱκεσίαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ θανάτου προβαλλόμενος καὶ ἱκετεύων —MBC
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘putting forward for himself a supplication about (averting) death, that is, supplicating’.
LEMMA: θανάτου προβολάν M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. B
APP. CRIT.: (first) τοῦ om. C | (second) τοῦ om. C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,15–16; Dind. II.318,4–5
Or. 1487.09 (1487–1488) (rec exeg) ⟨λισσόμενος θανάτου προβολάν⟩: ἱκεσίαν, παράκλησιν, ἀξίωσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ θανάτου προβαλλόμενος —Ab
TRANSLATION: Putting forward for himself a supplication, appeal, earnest request about (averting) death.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: παράκλισιν Ab | προβλλόμενος (sic) Ab
Or. 1487.10 (1487–1488) (rec exeg) ⟨λισσόμενος θανάτου προσβολάν⟩: παρακαλῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ θανεῖν διὰ τὴν ἔφοδον —PrSa
TRANSLATION: Supplicating not to be killed because of the approach.
LEMMA: thus in text PrSa
COMMENT: The above translation assumes this note follows the same interpretation as sch. 1487.06 above, but in the absence of θανάτου it is also possible that this paraphrase intends διὰ τὴν ἔφοδον either in the sense ‘because of the approach/attack (of Pylades)’ or in the sense ‘by means of his own approach’. In Pr καὶ ἱκεσίαν is to the right of ἔφοδον, and it is ambiguous whether it is a separate gloss (as assumed in sch. 1488.10 below) or a continuation, ‘by means of his approach, that is, supplication’.
Or. 1487.11 (1487–1488) (thom exeg) ⟨λισσόμενος θανάτου προσβολάν⟩: ἤγουν ἱκετεύων ταχέως ἐπελθεῖν τὸν θάνατον διὰ τὴν προσοῦσαν ἐκ τραυμάτων δυσχέρειαν. —ZZaZlZmGu2
TRANSLATION: That is, supplicating that death come upon him quickly because of the discomfort caused by his wounds.
LEMMA: προσβολάν in text all except προβ‑ Gr REF. SYMBOL: ZaZm POSITION: s.l. ZlGu2
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,8–9
COMMENT: It is noteworthy that Triclinius omits this interpretation because he rejects the reading προσβ‑ and adopts προβ‑ (sch. 1488.07).
Or. 1487.12 (1487–1488) (tri exeg) ⟨λισσόμενος θανάτου προβολάν⟩: ἤγουν προβεβλημένος καὶ προπίπτων ἰκέτευεν ὥστε μὴ θανεῖν. —T+
TRANSLATION: That is, having casting himself forward and falling in front he was supplicating not to die.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Triclinius apparently uses the cross because his wording here is an adaptation of the idea in παρακαλοῦντες προβάλλουσιν ἑαυτοὺς in Moschopulus (sch. 1487.07), the words he omits in his version of that note.
Or. 1487.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λισσόμενος⟩: καὶ παρακαλῶν μετὰ παρακλήσεως καὶ δακρύων —Vd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: perhaps δακρύω Vd (word very poorly written)
Or. 1487.14 (rec gloss) ⟨λισσόμενος⟩: παρακαλῶν —M2AaAbF2RY2GZb2CrOx
POSITION: s.l., except marg. M2
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1487.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λισσόμενος⟩: ἐπικαλούμενος —Gu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,8
Or. 1488.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θανάτου προβολάν⟩: καὶ ἔλεον, ἱκεσίαν θανάτου —Aa
TRANSLATION: (‘Thanatou probolan’,) that is, pity for, supplication about death.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1488.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θανάτου προβολάν⟩: διὰ τὴν ἔφοδον καὶ ἐπέλευσιν —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Thanatou probolan’, that is,) because of the approach and coming on.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1488.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θανάτου⟩: ἤγουν ὑπὲρ τοῦ θανεῖν —Zm
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: For this interpretation see sch. 1487.11.
Or. 1488.06 (rec exeg) ⟨προβολάν⟩: ἱκεσίαν· προβάλλομαι ἱκεσίαν. —K
TRANSLATION: (‘Probalan’ is) supplication: (it means this because one can say) ‘I put forward as a defense for myself supplication’ (‘proballomai hikesian’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1488.07 (tri exeg) ⟨προβολάν⟩: προβολὴν κάλλιον γράφειν ἢ προσβολήν· οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει καὶ πρὸς τὸ μέτρον ὀρθῶς καὶ ἔν τισι τῶν παλαιῶν βιβλίων οὕτως εὕρηται. —T
TRANSLATION: It is better to write ‘probolēn’ than ‘prosbolēn’, for thus it is also correct metrically and it has been found thus in some of the old copies.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.26,17–18; de Fav. 81
KEYWORDS: Triclinius, justifying choice between variants
Or. 1488.08 (rec gloss) ⟨προβολάν⟩: παράκλησιν —RMn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: R faint and uncertain
Or. 1488.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προβολάν⟩: καὶ τὴν προέλευσιν —Vd
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: At first glance it looks like Vd wrote προίλευσιν, but Vd’s epsilon is sometimes reduced to more or less a single verticle stroke: compare λέοντες in the gloss a few lines later (fol. 83v).
Or. 1488.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσβολάν⟩: ἐπέλευσιν —AaZb2Gu
LEMMA: προβ‑ in text AaGr REF. SYMBOL: Aa POSITION: marg. Aa, s.l. Zb2Gu
COMMENT: The gloss is best suited to the minority reading προσβολάν, which was present in some recentiores (PrSa; probably in V, lost here, but Va has προσβ‑) and in mss of the Thoman circle (ZZaZbZlZmZcZu) and is glossed or paraphrased in the Thoman circle (sch. 1487.11). Glosses suitable to προσβ‑ occur in other mss that do not have προβ‑: sch. 1488.02, 1488.11–12.
Or. 1488.15 (thom gloss) ⟨προσβολάν⟩: παρουσίαν —ZrZa
REF. SYMBOL: προσβ‑ in text ZZa POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1488.17 (vet exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ σκότον δ’ ἐφεύγομεν⟩: 1ἐὰν μὲν ἐν Ἰλίῳ, ἔσται τὸ ὑπὸ σκότον ἀντὶ τοῦ καλυφθέντες τῷ πλήθει τῶν βελῶν ἐφεύγομεν· 2ἐὰν δὲ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, εἰς τοὺς σκοτεινοὺς τόπους τῆς οἰκίας ἐφεύγομεν. —HMBC
TRANSLATION: If (the events described are) at Ilium, then ‘under darkness’ will be equivalent to ‘covered by the great number of missiles, we were fleeing’. But if in the house, ‘we were fleeing to the dark/hidden places of the house’.
LEMMA: in text ὑποσκότον M POSITION: cont. from sch. 1486.02 MB(add. δὲ)C, precedes sch. 1486.03 H
APP. CRIT.: 1 μὲν ἐν Ἰλίῳ] μὲν οὖν περὶ τῶν ἐν ἰλίω λέγοιτο B | ἀντὶ τοῦ om. H, τοῦ om. C | 2 ἔνδον add. before ἐν H
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὑπο B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,11–13; Dind. II.317,26–318,1
Or. 1488.18 (vet exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ σκότον δ’ ἐφεύγομεν⟩: σκοτωθέντες ἐφεύγομεν —MBC
TRANSLATION: (‘And we were fleeing beneath darkness’ means) ‘covered in darkness we were fleeing’.
LEMMA: in text ὑποσκότον M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. B, intermarg. MC
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. B | σκοτωθέντος B | ἐφεύγομεν om. M
Or. 1488.19 (mosch exeg) ὑπὸ σκότον: ἤγουν ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸ σκότος γενώμεθα, τουτέστιν εἰς τὰ σκοτεινὰ μέρη τῶν οἴκων. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr, partial Gu
TRANSLATION: (‘Beneath darkness’,) that is, in order that we get under darkness, that is to say, into the dark/hidden parts of the house.
LEMMA: TGr POSITION: s.l. except XTGr
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν … τουτέστιν om. Gu | τὸν σκότον G | τοῦ οἴκου Yf, τῶν οἰκιῶν Y
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,10–11
Or. 1488.20 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ σκότον⟩: ἤγουν εἰς γωνίας καὶ εἰς γῆς καταδύσεις —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Beneath darkness’,) that is, into corners and holes in the ground.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu | γῆς om. Zb
APP. CRIT. 2: γονίας Zm
Or. 1489.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἱ δ’ ἔμελλον⟩: ἄλλοι δὲ γενέσθαι νεκροὶ —CrOx
TRANSLATION: (‘And others were about to’, that is,) ‘and others (were about) to become corpses’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1489.05 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἔμελλον⟩: πεσεῖν —AaAbMtPrRSaZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. R
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,12
Or. 1489.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔμελλον⟩: πίπτειν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,12
Or. 1489.12 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔκειντ’⟩: πεσόντες —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Xo
APP. CRIT. 2: πεσσόντες Yf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,13
Or. 1489.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔκειντ’⟩: πάλαι τεθνηκότες —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,13
Or. 1490.01. (vet exeg) ⟨ἔμολε δ’ ἁ τάλαιν’ Ἑρμιόνα⟩: θορύβου, φησὶ, γενομένου ἦλθεν ἡ Ἑρμιόνη. —MBCPrRfSa
TRANSLATION: After confusion, he says, had arisen, Hermione came.
POSITION: prep. to sch. 1491.01 all (inserted between lemma and note MBCRf)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,17–18; Dind. II.318,15–16
COMMENT: Before Schwartz sch. 1490.01 and 1491.01 appeared as a single continuous sentence; I agree with him in viewing this phrase as a separate note because the construction ἦλθεν + dative of person is not very likely in a paraphrasing explanation.
Or. 1490.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔμολε δ’⟩: τούτων οὕτως γινομένων —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (And she came) while these things were happening thus.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τούτων] τίνων PrSa
Or. 1490.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἔμολε⟩: ἦλθε —Ab2F2VdTZlGu2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdCrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ἦλθεν CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,14
Or. 1490.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔμολε⟩: ἐπῆλθε —MnRf
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀπ‑ Mn
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,14
Or. 1490.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨δόμους⟩: εἰς —AaFKPrSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrB3d
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοὺς add. AaK
Or. 1491.01 (vet exeg) ἐπὶ φόνῳ χαμαιπετεῖ: χαμαὶ οὔσῃ τῇ Ἑλένῃ ἢ μελλούσῃ πίπτειν μετὰ τὸ φονευθῆναι. —MBCPrRfSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Upon the fallen-on-the-ground killing/corpse’ means) ‘upon Helen, who was on the ground’ or ‘(Helen) who was about to fall after being slain’.
LEMMA: MBCRf REF. SYMBOL: MBPr
APP. CRIT.: sch. 1490.01 inserted before χαμαὶ all | ἢ] Mastr., ἤτοι PrSa, καὶ B, om. MC
APP. CRIT. 2: φη() B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,18–19; Dind. II.318,16–17
Or. 1491.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἢ τεθορυβημένος οἴεται αὐτὴν πεπτωκέναι, ἢ χαμαιπετεῖ τῷ μέλλοντι πεσεῖσθαι. —MBCRf
TRANSLATION: Either being in confused agitation he believes she has fallen, or ‘fallen-on-the-ground’ (‘chamaipetei’) is ‘the one about to fall’.
LEMMA: BCRf, in marg. M
APP. CRIT.: τεθορ. ὢν B, τεθορυβημένως Rf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,20–21; Dind. II.318,17–18
Or. 1491.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1οὐ τῷ πεσόντι ἐπὶ γῆς· 2οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐφόνευσαν αὐτήν. 3ἀμέλει μετὰ μικρόν φησιν ὅτι διωκομένη ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀφανὴς ἐγένετο. —HMCBPr, partial Sa
TRANSLATION: (‘Chamaipetei’,) not that which has fallen on the ground, for they did not in fact kill her. Certainly, a little later he says that when being pursued she disappeared from their midst.
LEMMA: CPrSa, in marg. M; ἄλλως: χαμαιπετεῖ B
APP. CRIT.: 1–2 om. Sa | 1 οὐ τῷ] B, ἐν τῶ Pr, οὕτως HMC | ἐπὶ γῆς] ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς C, om. Pr, leaving blank space | 2 οὔτε HMC, ὅτι Pr | αὐτὴν ἐφόν. transp. H | 3 ἀμέλει] ὅτι Sa (om. ὅτι later), διὰ τοῦτο H | ἀφανὴς ἐξ αὐτῶν transp. B | ἐξ] ὑπὸ H
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 μικρὸν φησὶν HBC | διώκομεν ἢ Pr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,22–23; Dind. II.318,19–21
Or. 1491.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: χαμαιπετεῖ οὖν ἢ τῷ μέλλοντι πεσεῖν ἢ τεθορυβημένος ὢν οὐκ ἀκριβολογεῖται. —HMC
TRANSLATION: So then, either ‘chamaipetei’ is ‘the one about to fall’, or being in confused agitation he does not speak with precision.
LEMMA: C POSITION: intermarg. M; cont. from prev. H
APP. CRIT.: τεθορυβημένος ὢν] H (τεθορυβημένος conj. Schw.), τεθορυβημένῳ (om. ὢν) MC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,24–25; Dind. II.318,18–19
Or. 1491.05 (thom exeg) ⟨χαμαιπετεῖ⟩: τῷ χαμαὶ ταύτην πεπτωκέναι ποιήσαντι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Chamaipetei’ is) ‘the one that caused this woman to have fallen’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: πεπτωκέναι] πεττωμένην Zb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,23–24
Or. 1491.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χαμαιπετεῖ⟩: τῷ ποιήσαντι τὴν Ἑλένην κεῖσθαι χαμαιπετῆ —G
TRANSLATION: (‘Chamaipetei’ is) ‘the one that caused Helen to lie fallen upon the ground’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1491.07 (rec gloss) ⟨χαμαιπετεῖ⟩: τῷ μέλλοντι πεσεῖν —FPrSaY2
POSITION: s.l. except marg. F
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F | τῷ om. Y2
Or. 1491.08 (mosch gloss) χαμαιπετεῖ: τῷ χαμαὶ κειμένῳ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcZmGuAaCrOx
LEMMA: XGr POSITION: s.l. except XGr; follows sch. 1491.05 Zm
APP. CRIT.: whole note crossed out in Zm | καὶ prep. CrOx | τῷ om. AaZc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,22
Or. 1491.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ματρὸς ἅ νιν ἔτεκεν τλάμων⟩: τῆς μητρὸς ἥτις ἡ τλήμων ἔτεκεν αὐτήν —XXaXbTYYfGr
LEMMA: μρς or μητρὸς in text all except T POSITION: s.l. except XGr; cont. from sch. 1491.08 XYfGr
APP. CRIT.: τῆς μητρὸς om. T, punct. as sep. Xa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,22–23
Or. 1491.16 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἅ⟩: ἥτις —FMnVdZZaGuZcrCrOxB3a
POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3a
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdZcrCrOx
Or. 1491.19 (recThom gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὴν —FMnRwZZaGu
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Z
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F
Or. 1491.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔτικτε⟩: ἔτεκε —G
TRANSLATION: (For imperfect ‘etikte’, ‘she bore’,) the reading ‘eteke’ (aorist ‘she bore’) is found.
LEMMA: thus in text G POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1491.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτεκε⟩: ἐγέννησεν —VdOx
LEMMA: thus in text VdOx POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Ox
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑ησε Ox
Or. 1492.01 (1492–1493) (rec wdord) word order α (δραμόντες), β (βάκχαι), γ (ἄθυρσοι), δ (ἥρπασαν), ε (ἐν χεροῖν), ϛ (νιν), ζ (οἷα), η (σκύμνον), θ (ὀρείαν) —Ab2
Or. 1492.02 (1492–1493) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι … ξυνήρπασαν⟩: δραμόντες δὲ καθὰ Βάκχαι ἄθυρσοι, ἤγουν χωρὶς θύρσων, συνήρπασαν αὐτὴν ὡς σκύμνον ὀρείαν. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
TRANSLATION: And running like ‘athursoi’ Bacchants, that is, ones ‘without thrysus-wands’, they seized her like a mountain-dwelling cub.
REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbGr
APP. CRIT.: σκύμνος X, κύμνον Gr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.319,13–14
Or. 1492.03 (1492–1493) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι … ξυνήρπασαν⟩: μαινόμενοι συνήρπασαν αὐτὴν ὡς σκύμνον ὀρείαν. —G
TRANSLATION: In a frenzy they seized here like a mountain-dwelling cub.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1492.04 (vet exeg) ἄθυρσοι δ’ οἷά νιν: 1κακόθυρσοι. 2ἢ θύρσων μόνον δεόμενοι πρὸς τὸ εἶναι Βάκχαι. 3ἢ ἀθύρσους αὐτοὺς εἶπεν, ἐπεὶ αἱ Βάκχαι μετὰ θύρσων βακχεύουσιν. —HMBCRfRw
TRANSLATION: (‘Athursoi’ means) ‘with evil bacchic staffs’. Or ‘lacking only bacchic staffs to be Bacchants’. Or he said they were without bacchic staffs because the Bacchants revel with staffs (but they lack them).
LEMMA: MC(ἄθυρδ’ οἰά νιν), ἄθυρσοι δ’ οἷά νιν δρα() B, ⟨ἀ⟩θύρσει δ’ οἷα νιν Rw, ἄθυρσοι Rf REF. SYMBOL: MBRf POSITION: between sch. 1495.16 and 1497.01 Rw
APP. CRIT.: 1–2 κακόθυρσοι … βάκχαι transp. to end H | 1 ἢ prep. HBC, οἱ prep. Rf | 2 θύρσων om. MC | δεόμενοι μόν. transp. BRfRw | μόνων HB | 3 ἢ om. H | ἐπειδὴ H | μετὰ] κατὰ M
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 θυρσῶν C | ‑ουσι Rw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,26–28; Dind. II.318,25–27
Or. 1492.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: ἄθυρσοι ἐπεὶ αἱ Βάκχαι μετὰ θύρσων βακχεύουσιν. ἢ(?) κακόθυρσοι(?). —Ra
TRANSLATION: ‘Athursoi’ (‘without wands’) because the Bacchants revel with thyrsus-wands (but Orestes and Pylades lack them). Or (it means) ‘with evil thyrsus-wands’.
COLLATION NOTES: The note is very faint; there are also a few traces in R above the middle of this extant line, but most of line appears not to have had writing; the most legible traces may be the compendium for ἀντὶ τοῦ.
Or. 1492.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: 1⟨ … ⟩ ἐπέλεγον. 2ἔστι δὲ αὐτὴ Σκυθικὴ φωνὴ, ἐξελληνιζομένη ὦ υἷις καὶ υἱὲ τοῦ ἄτις καὶ τοῦ Διός. 3εἶχον δὲ ἀνὰ χεῖρας οἱ τοιοῦτοι βάκχοι θύρσους, ἤτοι νάρθηκας, ἀντὶ κλάδων τούτους περιφερόμενοι εἰς τιμὴν τοῦ Διονύσου. 4ἐδόκουν δὲ τοῖς ὁρῶσι μαίνεσθαι, τῇ δ’ ἀληθείᾳ φιλάνθρωποι ἦσαν. 5διὰ γοῦν τὸ δοκεῖν ἐκείνους μαινομένους εἶναι ὁ Εὐριπίδης τὸ ἄθυρσοι Βάκχαι ἀντὶ τοῦ μαινόμενοι ἐξεδέξατο. —V
TRANSLATION: [(e.g.) … the bacchic worshippers] chanted [‘eu oi huiis Attis’]. And this is a Scythian cry, rendered into Greek as ‘o huiis’, that is, ‘huie’ (‘son’), of ‘Attis’(?), that is, of Zeus. Such bacchic worshippers used to hold in their hands ‘thyrsoi’, or fennel-stalks, carrying these around instead of branches in honor of Dionysus. They seemed to onlookers to be insane, but in truth they were well-disposed to people. At any rate, because they seemed to be crazed Euripides (here) has interpreted ‘Bacchants without thyrsoi’ in the sense ‘being crazed‘.
APP. CRIT.: beginning of scholion on previous verso lost as part of loss of several folios in V (Or. 1205–1504) | 2 Σκυθικὴ] Schw., σκυθρ()` V | Ὕης Ἄτης ἢ υἱὲ τοῦ Διός conj. Schw., comparing Lex. Seguer., Bekker 1814: 207,25–31 | 3 βάκχοι] βάκχαι (typosetter’s error) Schw. | περιφερόμενοι] Schw., ἐπιφερόμενοι V | 5 ἐξεδέξατο] Schw., ἑξέλ()ατ() = ἐξελέξατο V
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,1–6; Dind. II.318,27–319,5
COMMENT: The cry is elsewhere usually ὕης Ἄτ(τ)ης, as in Dem. 19 (de cor.).260 βοῶν ‘εὐοῖ σαβοῖ’ καὶ ἐπορχούμενος ‘ὑῆς ἄττης ἄττης ὑῆς’. Cf. Photius υ 34 (= Suda υ 82) Ὕης· ἐπίθετον Διονύσου, ὡς Κλείδημος (FGrHist 323 F 27)· ἐπειδή, φησίν, ἐπιτελοῦμεν τὰς θυσίας αὐτῷ καθ’ ὃν ὁ θεὸς ὕει χρόνον· ὁ δὲ Φερεκύδης (FGrHist 3 F 90a = EGM fr. 90a Fowler) τὴν Σεμέλην Ὕην λέγεσθαι καὶ τὰς τοῦ Διονύσου τροφοὺς Ὑάδας· Ἀριστοφάνης δὲ (fr. 908 K–A) συγκαταλέγει ξενικοῖς θεοῖς τὸν Ὕην. See also Fowler, EGM II.373–375; sch. Thom. Ph. 649 (Dind. III.183,2–12).
Or. 1492.07 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: 1σημείωσαι καὶ τὸ θύρσος πῶς ἐκλήθη νάρθηξ. 2θύρσος μὲν γὰρ τῷ φυτῷ τὸ παλαιὸν ὄνομα παρόσον αὐτῷ ἐχρῶντο οἱ γεωργοὶ ἐν ταῖς αἱμασιαῖς τῶν λειμώνων καὶ τῶν κήπων καὶ τῶν θειλοπέδων καὶ ἀμπελώνων. 3ὕστερον δὲ ἐκλήθησαν νάρθηκες, ὅτι ἐχρήσαντο αὐτοῖς οἱ τῶν παίδων ἀλεῖπται καὶ παιδοδιδάσκαλοι πρὸς τὸ πλήττειν τοὺς νέους. 4νάρθηξ γοῦν ἐτυμολογεῖται παρὰ τὸ τοὺς νεαροὺς θήγειν, ἤτοι τοὺς νέους παῖδας ἀκονᾶν καὶ παρορμᾶν πρὸς τὰ μαθήματα. —VRf
TRANSLATION: Note also how the thyrsus was called a fennel-stalk (‘narthēx’). Thyrsus was the ancient name for the plant because farmers used it in the walls of meadows and gardens and grape-drying areas and vineyards. But later they were called ‘narthēkes’ because the trainers and teachers of boys used them to strike the young. For ‘narthēx’ is etymologized from sharpening the young (‘nearous thēgein’), that is, to sharpen the young boys and urge them toward their studies.
POSITION: cont. from prev. V
APP. CRIT.: 2 τὸ παλαιὸν] τῶ ἁπαλῶ Rf | εἱλοπέδων Rf | 4 γοῦν Dind., οὖν V | παρὰ τὸ τοὺς] ἀπὸ τοῦ Rf | νέους] νεαροὺς Rf | ὁρμᾶν Rf
APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ἑτυμ‑ V
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,7–13; Dind. II.319,5–12
COMMENT: I find no parallel for this explication of νάρθηξ except for sch.1493.03 in F. In the lexicographers νάρθηξ is variously derived from νεαρόν or ναρόν or νέρθεν, with no mention of θήγειν. The remark about the ‘older’ term θύρσος assumes that the etymology is from θύρα; this too has no parallel.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1492.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: ὡς μαινόμενοι, κακόθυρσοι, ὁ Πυλάδης καὶ Ὀρέστης —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Athursoi’) as being crazed; with evil thyrsus-wands, (describing) Pylades and Orestes.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1492.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: μυθεύονται Βάκχας ἐν ὄρεσι μετὰ Διονύσου χωρούσας παίειν μὲν τὰς πέτρας ἐν νάρθηξι καὶ μέλι καὶ γάλα ἐντεῦθεν λαμβάνειν, τὰ δὲ θηρία χειροῦσθαι. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: They tell the mythic story that Bacchants, roaming on mountains with Dionysus, used to strike rocks with fennel-stalks and get honey and milk from there and used to overpower wild animals (with them).
POSITION: marg. Gu; follows next Zl
APP. CRIT.: τὰς add. before βάκχας T | παίειν om., leaving blank space, Zl | ἐν νάρθηξι καὶ] ἐνάρ + blank space (ca. 4 letters) Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.319,14–17
Or. 1492.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: 1κλάδους κισσοῦ αἱ Βάκχαι καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Διόνυσος ἔφερον ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν, 2ὅτι, ὅτε ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ Σεμέλη ἐκεραυνώθη, τοῦτον πρὸς βίαν ἀποκυήσασα, κισσὸς περιέλιξεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν δῆθεν, 3ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ δράματι οὗτος φησὶν ἐν τῷ χορῷ τῷ [Phoen. 638] ‘Κάδμος ἔμολεν’. 4ἔνθα ἡ περὶ τῆς Σεμέλης ἱστορία πλατυτέρα ἐστίν. —ZlZmGu2
TRANSLATION: The Bacchants and Dionysus himself used to carry branches of ivy in their hands because, when his mother Semele was killed by lightning, having given birth to him violently, ivy wound around him as a protection, clearly, as this (poet) says in the third play in the chorus (beginning) ‘Cadmus came’. In that place the narrative about Semele is more detailed.
REF. SYMBOL: Zl POSITION: follows sch. 1497.08 φάρμακα Zm, precedes prev. Zl
APP. CRIT.: 2 ‘περιείλιξεν scribere debebat’ Dindorf IV.259 Addenda (but see sch. Ph. 651.03 comment) | 3 καὶ om. Zm | οὗτος φησὶν] ὁ χορός φησιν Zm | ἐν τῷ χορῷ τῷ] οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ Zm | 4 ἔνθα κτλ om. ZlGu2
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 προσβίαν Zm
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.319,17–21
COMMENT: The final sentence is a reference to sch. Thom. Phoen. 649 (Dind. III.183,2–12).
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Phoenissae | ἱστορία
Or. 1492.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: μὴ ἔχοντες κλάδους ἀλλὰ ξίφη —Vd
TRANSLATION: (‘Athursoi’,) not having thyrsus-wands, but swords.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1492.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: χωρὶς θύρσων ἤγουν κλάδων —GZcOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν κλάδων om. ZcOx2
APP. CRIT. 2: θυρῶν app. Zc
Or. 1492.14 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: μὴ ἔχουσαι θύρσους ἤγουν κλάδους —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἔχοντας Gu, ἔχουσαι add. in marg. | ἤγ. κλάδ. om. ZlGu | ἤγουν] καὶ T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.319,14–17
Or. 1492.24 (rec gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὴν τὴν Ἑρμιόνην —AbMn
POSITION: marg. Ab, s.l. Mn
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Ab
Or. 1492.25 (thom gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὴν —ZZlTGGuAaF2Vd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd, app. F2
COLLATION NOTES: The edge of the paper is lost to damage in Aa, so it is possible that Aa had the prev. instead.
Or. 1493.01 (rec gloss) ⟨δραμόντες βάκχαι⟩: Ὁρέστης καὶ Πυλάδης —AaAbMn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν ὁ prep. Aa | πυλ. καὶ ὀρ. transp. Ab | ὁ add. before πυλ. Aa
Or. 1493.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δραμόντε⟩: δραμόντες —Mt
TRANSLATION: (For dual participle ‘dramonte’, ‘running’, there is a variant reading, plural) ‘dramontes’.
LEMMA: ‑όνται in text Mt POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1493.03 (pllgn gram) ⟨Βάκχαι⟩: βάκχος λέγεται ἀπὸ τοῦ βοή καὶ τοῦ ἰαχή· νάρθηξ ἀπὸ τοῦ εἶναι θῆξις καὶ κίνησις τοῦ ἀπαιδ[ … ]. —F
TRANSLATION: ‘Bakchos’ is so called by derivation from ‘boē’ (‘shout, cry’) and ‘iache’ (‘shout, cry’); ‘narthēx’ (‘fennel-stalk’) from the fact that it is a sharpening and stirring of the uneducated youth(?).
REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: θῆξις] θήρξις F
COMMENT: The second etymology is that seen in sch. 1492.07. The meaning ‘sharpening’ for θῆξις, though obvious, is not recognized in the lexicons. It is, however, attested in Greg. Nyss. PG 46:420,55 τῇ θήξει τοῦ ξύλου; Eust. Epist. 6,70 ταῖς τῶν ὀδόντων θήξεσιν; Eust. exeg. in canonem iamb. pentecost, proem 1,241 θῆξις ψυχῆς εἰς ὀξύτητα. | At the end one expects something like ἀπαιδ[εύτου νεαροῦ παιδός], or perhaps just ἀπαιδ[εύτου] since it does not seem that the width trimmed from the margin would have been wide enough for the longer phrase.
COLLATION NOTES: The phrase βάκχος λέγεται ἀπὸ τοῦ βοή is also written lower down beside line 1506; the ink color is similar, but the hand is apparently different.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1493.04 (vet gloss) ⟨Βάκχαι⟩: κλάδους ἔχουσι —H
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: check H new image
Or. 1493.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: τὸ οἷα ἀπὸ κοινοῦ λάμβανε ἐνταῦθα. —Zm
TRANSLATION: Take ‘hoia’ (‘like, as’) in common here (with ‘cub’, not just with ‘Bacchants’).
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ
Or. 1493.14 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨χεροῖν⟩: ταῖς(?) —Vd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: damaged, but more likely ταῖς than ταῖν
Or. 1493.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀρείαν⟩: γρ. ὀρεινὰν. —Zm
TRANSLATION: (For ‘oreian’, ‘of a mountain’,) the reading ‘oreinan’ is found (with the same meaning).
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1493.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀρείαν⟩: 1γράφεται ὀξεῖαν. 2δέον δὲ ὀξέως εἰπεῖν ὀξεῖαν εἶπε πρὸς τὸ σκύμνον. —Zm, partial Zl
TRANSLATION: (For ‘oreian’, ‘of a mountain’,) the reading ‘oxeian’ (‘swift’) is found. Although he should have said ‘oxeōs’ (‘swiftly’), he said ‘oxeian’ (‘swift’) in agreement with ‘skumnon’ (‘cub’).
POSITION: marg. Zm, s.l. Zl
APP. CRIT.: 2 δέον κτλ om. Zl
COMMENT: In sent. 2 Zm makes an implausible extension of the doctrine that a adjective in predicate position modifying a noun can have the force of an adverb belonging to the verb (e.g., sch. 173.07, 1126.14, 1411.10, 1501.06).
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1493.17 (tri exeg) ⟨ὀρίαν⟩: διὰ τὸ μέτρον —T
TRANSLATION: (Spell this word ‘orian’ rather than ‘oreian’) because of the meter.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 81
COMMENT: For Triclinius’s analysis of the meter see sch. 1474.01, colon 24.
Or. 1493.18 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὀρείαν⟩: ὀρεινὴν —AaF2RfVdZZbZlTGu2CrOx
LEMMA: in text ὀρίαν T POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdCrOx
Or. 1494.01 (vet exeg) ⟨πάλιν δὲ … ἐπὶ σφαγὰν ἔτεινον⟩: συλλαβόμενοι δὲ, φησὶ, τὴν Ἑρμιόνην οὐδὲν ἧττον πάλιν ἐπεδίωκον Ἑλένην ἐπὶ φόνῳ. —MBCPrSa
TRANSLATION: And after seizing Hermione, he says, they no less were again in pursuit of Helen to kill her.
POSITION: intermarg. MC, marg. B
APP. CRIT.: δὲ φησὶ om. PrSa, φησὶ om. B | ἀπεδίωκον C | τὴν ἑλένην Sa | ἐπὶ φόνῳ] ἐπιφόνον B, φόνω PrSa
APP. CRIT. 2: δέ φησι C | ἐρμ‑ M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,14–15; Dind. II.319,22–23
Or. 1494.03 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τὰν Διὸς κόραν⟩: ἤγουν τὴν Ἑλένην —AbMnVdXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcCrOx
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: τὴν διὸς prep. X | ἤγουν om. AbYG, ἤγουν τὴν om. Zc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.319,23–24
Or. 1494.04 (thom gloss) ⟨τὰν Διὸς κόραν⟩: θυγατέρα Ἑλένην —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὴν prep. ZbTGu | after θυγ. add. ἤγουν τὴν ZlT | Ἑλένην om. Gu (but Gr’s ἑλένην is immediately to left)
APP. CRIT. 2: θυγατέραν Zb
Or. 1494.13 (moschThom gloss) ἔτεινον: εἷλκον —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZmT*AaCrOx
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.319,25
Or. 1495.06 (tri gloss) ⟨θαλάμων⟩: τῶν ἐντὸς οἰκίσκων —T
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The unusual use of οἰκίσκων as a gloss probably indicates that Triclinius was drawing a contrast between θαλάμων here and the δωμάτων that soon follows, which he glossed with the usual οἴκων in sch. 1495.26.
Or. 1495.10 (1495–1496) (pllgn exeg) ⟨διαπρὸ δωμάτων ἄφαντος⟩: τουτέστιν ἐρρί⟨φ⟩θη ἐξ ἐκείνων ⟨ἄ⟩φαντ[ος] —Vd
TRANSLATION: That is, she was cast out of those (chambers), removed from our sight.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1495.11 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ πρὸ δωμάτων⟩: ⟨διὰ⟩ πρὸ δωμάτων ἀντὶ τοῦ διόλου ⟨πρὸ⟩ τῶν δωμάτων· ὅλη διόλου ἔξω ἐγένετο τῶν δωματων. —Rw
TRANSLATION: ‘Through in front of the house’ (is used) in the sense ‘entirely in front of the house’: she in her entirety went entirely outside the house.
LEMMA: thus in text Rw
Or. 1495.12 (thom exeg) ⟨διαπρὸ δωμάτων⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου —ZlZmGu2
TRANSLATION: (‘Diapro dōmatōn’ or ‘pro dōmatōn’) is in parallel (expressing the same as ‘ek thalamōn’, ‘out of the chambers’).
LEMMA: in text δὴ πρὸ ZlZm; διαπροδωμ‑Gr POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου
Or. 1495.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διαπρὸ δωμάτων⟩: διὰ μέσον τῶν δωμάτων —Zb2
LEMMA: διὰ προδωμ‑ in text Zb POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1495.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διαπρὸ δωμάτων⟩: καὶ ἐκ τῶν οἴκων —CrOx
LEMMA: διὰ προδωμ‑ in text CrOx POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1495.16 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ πρὸ⟩: δηλοῖ δὲ ἡ διά τὴν διαχώρησιν καὶ ἡ πρό τὴν προέλευσιν τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ ἔξω. —Rw
TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘dia’ expresses separation and the preposition ‘pro’ movement forward to the outside.
LEMMA: thus in text Rw
Or. 1495.17 (rec exeg) ⟨διαπρὸ⟩: ἡ διά τὸν χωρισμὸν, ἡ πρό τὴν ἔξω. —K
TRANSLATION: The (preposition) ‘dia’ (expresses) separation, the (preposition) ‘pro’ the (movement/condition of being) outside.
LEMMA: διὰ προδωμ‑ in text K POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1495.18 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ πρὸ⟩: αἱ προθέσεις αἱ δύο τὴν ἔξω σχέσιν δηλοῦσι. —PrSa
TRANSLATION: The two prepositions express the condition (of being) outside.
LEMMA: thus in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1495.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διαπρὸ⟩: τὸ πρό περιττόν. —G
TRANSLATION: (In the compound preposition ‘diapro’) the ‘pro’ is superfluous.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός
Or. 1495.20 (rec gloss) ⟨διαπρὸ⟩: πόρρω —AbMnR2
LEMMA: in text διὰ πρὸ Ab, διὰ προ MnR POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. R2
Or. 1495.22 (mosch gloss) ⟨διαπρὸ⟩: διόλου —XXaXbXoT+Y2YfGGrZc
LEMMA: in text διὰ πρὸ XoTY, δὴ πρὸ Zc, διαπρο Gr, διὰ προ Xa POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.319,26
Or. 1495.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διαπρὸ⟩: καὶ διόλων —Aa
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: For διόλων as a byform of διόλου (a usage not in the lexicons), there are two instances in TLG, one from Evagrius (4th cent.) and one from Michael Critobulus (15th cenr.).
Or. 1495.24 (thom gloss) ⟨διαπρὸ⟩: ἐκτὸς —ZlZmGu2Mt
LEMMA: in text δὴ πρὸ ZlZm, διαπρο Gr, διὰ πρὸ Mt POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1496.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ Ζεῦ καὶ γᾶ καὶ φῶς καὶ νύξ⟩: ἐκπληκτικῶς —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (Spoken) with a sense of amazement.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines | ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως
Or. 1496.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ Ζεῦ καὶ γᾶ καὶ φῶς καὶ νύξ⟩: 1τὸ μὲν Ζεῦ λέγει διότι πατὴρ αὐτῆς ἦν, τὸ δὲ γῆ διότι ἐν γῇ οὖσα ἀπῆλθε, 2τὸ φῶς διότι ὁρωμένη παραχρῆμα ἠφάνισται, 3τὸ δὲ νὺξ διότι ἐν ὅσῳ ἐβλέπετο ὥσπερ νυκτὶ καλυφθεῖσα ἄφαντος γέγονεν. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: He says ‘Zeus’ because he was her (Helen’s) father, and ‘earth’ because being upon her (the earth) she went off, ‘light’ because being seen she immediately disappeared, and ‘night’ because while she was being looked upon she became invisible just as if concealed by night.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm
APP. CRIT.: 3 δὲ om. Gu | ἐβλέπετο] ἐδύνατο Gu
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἐνόσω ZZa, app. Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.319,27–30
Or. 1497.01 (vet exeg) ἤτοι φαρμάκοισι: 1τοῦτο δοκεῖ ἀπὸ ἱστορίας εἶναι, παρόσον παρὰ τῆς Θῶνος γυναικὸς δοκεῖ πλεῖστα φάρμακα εἰληφέναι ἡ Ἑλένη, ὡς Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 4.228–230]· 2‘τά οἱ Πολύδαμνα πόρεν Θῶνος παράκοιτις, / 3Αἰγυπτίη, … / … πολλὰ μὲν ἐσθλὰ μεμιγμένα, πολλὰ δὲ λυγρά’. —MBCPrRfRwSa, partial H
TRANSLATION: (‘With drugs’:) this seems to be from (details of) the traditional story, inasmuch as Helen seems to have received very many drugs from the wife of Thon, as Homer (says): (drugs) ‘which Polydamna, bedmate of Thon, gave to her, a woman of Egypt, … many good when mixed and many baneful’.
LEMMA: C, φαρμάκοισι BRf(-σιν)Rw, ἤτοι φαρμάκεσσι· φαρμάκοις PrSa REF. SYMBOL: MRf, at ἢ μάγων B
APP. CRIT.: second half very damaged in M | 1 εἶναι om. Rf | παρὰ om. PrSa | πλεῖστα] πλεκτὰ H | ἡ ἑλ. om. HPrSa | ὡς καὶ ὅμ. φη(σί) H | 2 οἱ] ἡ Rf | πόρεν Θῶνος παράκοιτις] θῶνος πύρω παράκειται Rw | 3 αἰγυπτίη κτλ om. H | μεμιγμένη PrSa | ὑγρά Rw
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 παρ’ ὅσον BRw, παρὅσον H | 2 ταοὶ πολυδάμνα Pr(πολὺδάμνα)Sa | πόρε HMCPrRfSa | 3 πολλά δε Rf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,16–19; Dind. II.320,1–4
COMMENT: The phrase ἀπὸ ἱστορίας (τινός, τοιαύτης) occurs frequently in explanation of proverbs, place names, and other expressions, but less commonly as the opposite of παρὰ ἱστορίαν. Cf. Sch. Andr. 18c Cavarzeran τοῦτο ἀπὸ ἱστορίας εἴληφεν. αὐτόθι γὰρ αὐτῇ συνῴκησεν Πηλεύς κτλ, and contrast Sch. Ap. Rhod. 1.1040–1041 (p. 92,15–16 Wendel) Τηλεκλῆα ἠδὲ Μεγαβρόντην: πέπλακε τὰ ὀνόματα ταῦτα Ἀπολλώνιος, οὐκ ἀπὸ ἱστορίας ἔλαβεν.
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | ἱστορία
Or. 1497.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοι⟩: ἀργὸν —Zm
TRANSLATION: (The element ‘toi’ is) without semantic function.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἀργόν
Or. 1497.08 (thom gram) ⟨φαρμάκοισιν⟩: φάρμακα τὰ διὰ βοτανῶν καί τινων ἄλλων γινόμενα κακουργήματα, μαγεῖαι δὲ τὰ δι’ ἐπῳδῶν. —ZlZmGu2
TRANSLATION: ‘Pharmaka’ are the harmful devices created from plants and certain other things, and ‘mageiai’ are those (created) with incantations.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.320,5–6
COMMENT: This definition of μαγεία is unusual, but it may be noted that the terms are often paired as μαγεῖαι καὶ ἐπῳδαί.
KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions
Or. 1497.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μάγων τέχναις⟩: ἤτοι φαρμάκοισιν —Zb
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: φάρμακοισιν Zb
COMMENT: This gloss is in addition to having the words in the text at the end of the previous line.
Or. 1498.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰ δ’ ὕστερ’⟩: τὰ μέλλοντα γενέσθαι, πραχθέντα —Gu2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.320,7
Or. 1498.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὰ δ’ ὕστερ’⟩: τὰ δὲ γεγονότα —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: δὲ γονότα Cr
Or. 1498.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ὕστερ’⟩: μετὰ ταῦτα —AbMnPrSa
LEMMA: ὕστερον in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὰ prep. Ab
APP. CRIT. 2: μετα Pr
Or. 1498.07 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκέτ᾽ οἶδα⟩: γρ. οὐ κάτοιδα. —ZZa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘ouket’ oida’, ‘I no longer know’,) the reading ‘ou katoida’ (‘I do not know’) is found.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1498.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐκέτ᾽ οἶδα⟩: οὐ γινώσκω —VdZl
LEMMA: οὐ κάτοιδα in text Zl POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1498.10 (mosch gloss) οὐκέτι: οὐδαμῶς —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc
LEMMA: X; in text οὐ κατ‑ TZc POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.320,8
Or. 1498.11 (1498–1499) (mosch paraphr) ⟨δραπέτην γὰρ ἐξέκλεπτον ἐκ δόμων πόδα⟩: ἤγουν λαθὼν γὰρ ἐκ τῶν δόμων ἔξω ἔφυγον. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: That is, for without being seen I fled outside out of the house.
POSITION: s.l. XbXoTYGGu
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G | γὰρ om. YT
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.320,9
Or. 1498.12 (recMoschThom gloss) δραπέτην: φυγάδα —AaAbFPrRRfSaVdXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZaZb2ZlCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FCrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.320,10
Or. 1498.13 (rec gloss) ⟨δραπέτην⟩: φυγαδίαν —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The gloss is from the Byzantine adjective φυγαδίας: LBG s.v., ‘flüchtig’.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1498.15 (1498–1499) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐξέκλεπτον … πόδα⟩: ἀπέδρων γάρ —MBC
POSITION: marg. BC, intermarg. M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,20; Dind. II.320,10–11
